This page contains all documentation topics as one long, complete reference sheet.
configure
Related Topics: TWikiSite, TWikiHistory, TWikiPlannedFeatures, TWikiEnhancementRequests, UserDocumentationCategory, AdminDocumentationCategory
Server and client requirements
Low client and server base requirements are core features that keep TWiki widely deployable, particularly across a range of browser platforms and versions. Many Plugins and contrib modules exist which enhance and expand TWiki's capabilities; they may have additional requirements.
TWiki is written in Perl 5, uses a number of shell commands, and requires RCS (Revision Control System), a GNU Free Software package. TWiki is developed in a basic Linux/Apache environment. It also works with Microsoft Windows, and should have no problem on any other platform that meets the requirements.
Resource | Required Server Environment * |
---|---|
Perl | 5.8.0 or higher (5.8.4 or higher is recommended) |
RCS | 5.7 or higher (including GNU diff ) Optional, TWiki includes a pure perl implementation of RCS that can be used instead (although it's slower) |
GNU diff |
GNU diff 2.7 or higher is required when not using the all-Perl RcsLite. Install on PATH if not included with RCS (check version with diff -v ) Must be the version used by RCS, to avoid problems with binary attachments - RCS may have hard-coded path to diff |
GNU df |
Used by the site statistics to record disk usage statistics, optional. The df command is pre-installed on Linux and OS-X. On Windows install the CoreUtils for Windows. |
GNU patch |
For upgrades only: GNU patch is required when using the TWiki:Codev.UpgradeTWiki script |
GNU fgrep , egrep |
Modify command line parameters in configure if you use non-GNU grep programs |
zip |
Zip archive command line utility. Used by the BackupRestorePlugin to create and restore from backups. |
Cron/scheduler | • Unix: cron • Windows: cron equivalents |
Web server | Apache is well supported; see TWiki:TWiki.InstallingTWiki#OtherWebServers for other servers |
Most of the CPAN libraries listesd below are part of a standard Perl installation so you most likely have them all!
See TWiki:TWiki.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install CPAN libraries
The following Perl CPAN modules are used by TWiki:
Module | Preferred version | Comment |
---|---|---|
Algorithm::Diff |
Included in TWiki distribution | |
CGI |
>=3.18 | Versions 2.89 and 3.37 must be avoided. Most version from 3.15 and onwards should work. |
CGI::Carp |
>=1.26 | |
Config |
>=0 | |
Cwd |
>=3.05 | |
Data::Dumper |
>=2.121 | |
Encode |
>=2.1 | |
Error |
Included in TWiki distribution | |
File::Copy |
>=2.06 | |
File::Find |
>=1.05 | |
File::Spec |
>=3.05 | |
File::Temp |
>=0.18 | Included with perl 5.6 and later |
FileHandle |
>=2.01 | |
HTML::Parser |
>=3.28 | Needed by the WysiwygPlugin for WYSIWYG editing |
HTML::Entities |
>=1.25 | Needed by the WysiwygPlugin for WYSIWYG editing |
IO::File |
>=1.10 | |
Net::SMTP |
>=2.29 | Used for sending mail |
Text::Diff |
Included in TWiki distribution | |
Time::Local |
>=1.11 |
The following Perl modules may be used by TWiki:
See TWiki:TWiki.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install CPAN libraries
Module | Preferred version | Description |
---|---|---|
Archive::Tar |
May be required by the Extensions Installer in configure if command line tar or unzip is not available | |
Authen::SASL |
Used for SMTP Authentication | |
CGI::Cookie |
>=1.24 | Used for session support |
CGI::Session |
>=3.95 | Used for session support |
Crypt::SMIME |
>=0.09 | Required if S/MIME-signed administrative e-mail is enabled. |
Digest::base |
||
Digest::SHA1 |
||
Locale::Maketext::Lexicon |
>=0 | Used for I18N support |
Net::SMTP |
>=2.29 | Used for sending mail |
URI |
Used for configure |
Most of them will probably already be available in your installation. You can check version numbers with the configure
script, or if you're still trying to get to that point, check from the command line like this:
perl -e 'use FileHandle; print $FileHandle::VERSION."\n"'
The TWiki standard installation has relatively low browser requirements:
CSS and Javascript are used in most skins, although there is a low-fat skin (Classic skin) available that minimises these requirements. Some skins will require more recent releases of browsers. The default skin (Pattern) is tested on IE 6, Safari, and Mozilla 5.0 based browsers (such as Firefox).
You can easily select a balance of browser capability versus look and feel. Try the installed skins at TWikiSkinBrowser and more at TWiki:Plugins.SkinPackage.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory
The following is installation instructions for the TWiki 5.0 production release on an Apache web server on Linux. Visit TWiki:TWiki.InstallingTWiki for the latest updates to this guide and supplemental information for installing or upgrading TWiki, including notes on installing TWiki on different platforms, environments and web hosting sites.
If you are upgrading from a previous version of TWiki, you probably want to read TWikiUpgradeGuide instead.
Before attempting to install TWiki, you are encouraged to review the AdminSkillsAssumptions. This guide assumes the user installing TWiki has, at a minimum, basic knowledge of server administration on the system on which TWiki is to be installed. While it is possible to install TWiki with FTP access alone (for example, on a hosted site), it is tricky and may require additional support from your hosting service (for example, in setting file ownership and installing missing Perl CPAN libraries).
To help setup a correct Apache configuration, you are very much encouraged to use the automatic tool TWiki:TWiki.ApacheConfigGenerator which generates the contents for an Apache config file for TWiki based on your inputs.
While this installation guide specifically describes installation on an Apache web server on Linux, TWiki should be fine with any web server and OS that meet the system requirements (see below). For additional notes on installing TWiki on other systems, see TWiki:TWiki.InstallingTWiki#OtherPlatforms.
If you are installing TWiki without Unix/Linux root (administrator) privileges (for example, on a hosted domain), see "Notes on Installing TWiki on Non-Root Account" below for supplemental instructions to the basic steps presented below.
If you are upgrading from an earlier major version of TWiki such as Cairo (TWiki-3) or TWiki 4.x you will need the information found at TWikiUpgradeGuide.
One of the more difficult tasks is installation of additional CPAN libraries. See TWiki:TWiki.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install CPAN libraries.
If you need help, ask a question in the TWiki:Support.WebHome web or on TWiki:Codev.TWikiIRC (irc.freenode.net, channel #twiki).
TWiki-5.0.0.tgz
for Linux)
twiki
which contains the TWiki package. In the rest of this document we assume this directory is called twiki
. chmod -R 770 twiki
. The access rules have different meaning for files and directories. This is the most common mistake installers make.
chown -R user:group /path/to/twiki
. The webserver username varies from Distributions. Examples for some major distributions: chown -R apache:apache /path/to/twiki
chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/twiki
chown -R wwwrun:www /path/to/twiki
/usr/bin/perl
. If it's somewhere else, change the path to Perl in the first line of each script in the twiki/bin
directory.
.cgi
or .pl
). This is normally only needed under Windows and only where perl scripts are only recognized by file extension. Linux and Unix users should normally never need to do this. If necessary, rename all files in twiki/bin
(i.e. rename view
to view.pl
etc). If you do this, make sure you set the ScriptSuffix
option in configure
(Step 6).
twiki/bin/LocalLib.cfg
twiki/bin/LocalLib.cfg.txt
. Simply copy LocalLib.cfg.txt to LocalLib.cfg. Make sure the ownership and access rights of the copy are the same as LocalLib.cfg.txt
twiki/bin/LocalLib.cfg
must contain a setting for $twikiLibPath
, which must point to the absolute file path of your twiki/lib
e.g. /var/www/twiki/lib
.
$CPANBASE
to point to your personal CPAN install. Don't forget that the webserver user has to be able to read those files as well.
twiki.conf
). Performance is much better with a config file, and one file gives the best overview and ensures that you get a safe installation . However using a config file requires that you can restart Apache which again means that you need root or sudo access to stop and start Apache. The TWiki apache config file is included from the main Apache config file http.conf. Most distributions have a directory from which any file that ends with .conf
gets included when you restart Apache (Example RedHat/Fedora/Centos: /etc/httpd/conf.d). If you use a virtual host setup in Apache you should include the twiki.conf file from inside the desired virtual host config in your Apache configuration.
twiki_httpd_conf.txt
twiki/bin
directory you find example .htaccess
files you can copy and modify. The files contains help text explaining how to set them up. In twiki/bin
you find .htaccess.txt
which can be copied to .htaccess
and defined access to the CGI scripts. In the root of TWiki you find pub-htaccess.txt
which you can copy to pub/.htaccess
, subdir-htaccess.txt
which you can copy to all directories as .htaccess
except bin and pub, and you find root-htaccess.txt
which you can copy to .htaccess
in the twiki root directory. But again only use .htaccess files if you do not have root priviledges.
configure
script open to the public. Limit access to the twiki/bin/configure
script to either localhost, an IP address or a specific user using basic Apache authentication. The TWiki:TWiki.ApacheConfigGenerator lets you setup who has access to the configure script. Also the example twiki-httpd-conf.txt and bin/.htaccess.txt files includes the needed setting to protect the configure script.
twiki/data/.htpasswd
but this file does not exist until you have TWiki running and have registered the first user. You therefore have two options. Either limit the access to localhost or an IP address, or make a .htpasswd file. To make a .htpasswd file change directory to twiki/data
and issue the command htpasswd -c .htpasswd username
and enter your password when asked. The username must match the Require user username
directive in the Apache config file or .htaccess file. Do not use a username you will later use to register in TWiki because TWiki will then claim that you are already registered.
configure
script from your browser (enter http://yourdomain/twiki/bin/configure
into your browser address bar) admin
user password once TWiki is running. $TWiki::cfg{Password}
from LocalSite.cfg
file from {TWIKI_ROOT}/lib
directory.
configure
for the first time, you can only edit the General Path Settings
section. Save these settings, and then return to configure
to continue configuration.
{PermittedRedirectHostUrls}
{WebMasterEmail}
, and {SMTP}{MAILHOST}
must be defined to enable TWiki to send administrative emails, such as for registration and notification of topic changes. Many ISPs have introduced authentication when sending emails to fight spam so you may also have to set {SMTP}{Username}
and {SMTP}{Password}
. If you do not want to enable mailing or want to enable it later you can uncheck {EnableEmail}
.
You now have a basic, unauthenticated installation running. At this point you can just point your web browser at http://yourdomain.com/twiki/bin/view
and start TWiki-ing away!
Before you continue any further there are some basic and very important security settings you have to make sure are set correctly.
pub
directory. TWiki has some built-in protection which renames files with dangerous filenames by appending .txt to the filename. But this is a secondary security measure. The essential action that you must take is to turn off any possible execution of any of the attached files.bin
and pub
directories. When you have access to the Apache config files the twiki_httpd_conf.txt
file mentioned above also contains protection of these directories.subdir-htaccess.txt
file can be copied as .htaccess
to the data, lib, locale, templates, tools and working directories.
The TWiki:TWiki.ApacheConfigGenerator as well as the example twiki_httpd_conf.txt
and example htaccess.txt
files include the needed settings that protect against all 4 security elements.
Once you have TWiki installed and running, you might consider the following optional steps for setting up and customizing your TWiki site. Many of the references below refer to topics within your TWiki installation. For example, TWiki.TWikiSkins
refers to the TWikiSkins
topic in your TWiki web. Easy way to jump directly to view the pages is to open your own TWiki in your browser and write TWiki.TWikiSkins
in the Jump test box to the right in the top bar and hit Enter. You can find these topics in the on-line reference copy at the official TWiki website: TWiki Release 5.0
This step provides for site access control and user activity tracking on your TWiki site. This is particularly important for sites that are publicly accessible on the web. This guide describes only the most common of several possible authentication setups for TWiki and is suitable for public web sites. For information about other setups, see TWikiUserAuthentication, and TWiki:TWiki.TWikiUserAuthenticationSupplement.
These are the steps for enabling "Template Login" which asks for a username and password in a web page, and processes them using the Apache 'htpasswd' password manager. Users can log in and log out.
Security Settings
pane of configure
: TWiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
for {LoginManager}
.
TWiki::Users::HtPasswdUser
for {PasswordManager}
.
configure
settings.
data/.htpasswd
file. If not, you probably got a path wrong, or the permissions may not allow the webserver user to write to that file.
Edit
link at beginning or end of topic) to check if authentication works.
You are strongly encouraged to read TWikiUserAuthentication, TWiki:TWiki.TWikiUserAuthenticationSupplement, and TWiki:TWiki.SecuringTWikiSite for further information about managing users and security of your TWiki site.
Note: The other LoginManager
option TWiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
uses a basic Apache type authentication where the browser itself prompts you for username and password. Most will find the TemplateLogin looking nicer. But ApacheLogin is required when you use Apache authentication methods like mod_ldap where all authentication is handled by an Apache module and not by the TWiki perl code. When you use ApacheLogin the apache configuration must be set up to require authentication of the some but not all the scripts in the bin directory. This section in the Apache config (or .htaccess) controls this
<FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|upload|mail|logon|rest|.*auth).*"> require valid-user </FilesMatch>
The TWiki:TWiki.ApacheConfigGenerator includes this section when you choose ApacheLogin. In the example twiki_httpd_conf.txt
and bin/.htaccess.txt
files this section is commented out with #. Uncomment the section when you use ApacheLogin. It is important that this section is commented out or removed when you use TemplateLogin.
Administrators have read and write access to any topic in TWiki, irrespectively of TWiki access controls. When you install TWiki one of the first things you will want to do is define yourself as an administrator. You become an administrator simply by adding yourself to the TWikiAdminGroup. It is the WikiName and not the login name you add to the group. Editing the Main.TWikiAdminGroup topic requires that you are an administrator. So to add the first administrator you need to login using the internal TWiki admin user login and the password you defined in configure.
Preferences for customizing many aspects of TWiki are set simply by editing a special topic with TWiki.
data/Main/TWikiPreferences.txt
file and all your settings will be kept. Settings in Main.TWikiPreferences overrides settings in both TWiki.TWikiPreferences and any settings defined in plugin topics. See notes at the top of TWiki.TWikiPreferences for more information.
Each TWiki web has an automatic email notification service that sends you an email with links to all of the topics modified since the last alert. To enable this service:
tools/mailnotify
script as described in the MailerContrib topic.
TWiki administrative e-mails are an attractive target for SPAM generators and phishing attacks. One good way to protect against this possibility to enable S/MIME signatures on all administrative e-mails. To do this, you need an an X.509 certificate and private key for the the {WebMasterEmail}
email account. Obtain these as you would for any other S/MIME e-mail user.
To enable TWiki to sign administrative e-mails:
/etc/pki/tls/certs
configure
script, change the following settings under Mail and Proxies: {MailProgram}
to enable an external mail program such as sendmail. Net::SMTP is not supported.
{SmimeCertificateFile}
configuration variable
{SmimeKeyFile}
configuration variable
configure
script an resolve any errors that it identifies
All out-going administrative e-mails will now be signed.
You can generate a listing manually, or on an automated schedule, of visits to individual pages, on a per web basis. For information on setting up this feature, see the TWikiSiteTools topic.
Per default TWiki cleans out expired session and lease files each time any topic is viewed. This however comes at a cost of lower performance. It is an advantage to define a negative value in configure
for {Sessions}{ExpireAfter}
(turn on expert mode to see it), and install a crjob to run the tools/tick_twiki.pl
script. Read The topic TWikiScripts#tick_twiki_pl for details how to do this.
TWiki now supports displaying of national (non-ascii) characters and presentation of basic interface elements in different languages. To enable these features, see the Localisation
section of configure
. For more information about these features, see TWiki:TWiki.InternationalizationSupplement.
When a new users registers on your TWiki, a home topic is created for them based on the NewUserTemplate topic (and its UserForm). It contains additional resources you can use to:
If you choose to tailor anything you are strongly adviced to copy NewUserTemplate and UserForm to the Main web and tailor the Main web copies. TWiki will look for the NewUserTemplate in the Main web first and if it does not exist it uses the default from the TWiki web. By creating a Main.NewUserTemplate and its Main.UserForm you will not loose your tailorings next time you upgrade TWiki.
If you added or removed fields from the user form you may also need to tailor TWikiRegistration.
TWiki:Plugins.WebHome is an extensive library of plugins for TWiki, that enhance functionality in a huge number of ways. A few plugins are pre-installed in the TWiki distribution. For more information on these, see InstalledPlugins.
You activate installed plugin in the Plugins section of configure
. In this section you also find a Find More Extensions button which opens an application which can install additional plugins from the TWiki.org website. If you are behind a firewall or your server has no access to the Internet it is also possible to install plugins manually. Manual installation instructions for the plugins can be found in the plugin topics on TWiki.org. Additional documentation on TWiki plugins can be found at TWiki:TWiki.TWikiPluginsSupplement.
Some plugins require that you define their settings in configure
. You fill find these under the Extensions section of configure.
The real power of TWiki lies in it's flexibility to be customized to meet your needs. You can with small means change the looks of the default skins (called TopMenuSkin and PatternSkin) by reading the PatternSkinCustomization.
At the official TWiki website you can find more resources. A good place to start for exploring what's possible is TWiki:TWiki.TWikiAdminCookBook which offers tips and tricks for customizing your TWiki site. Many of these are appropriate to implement immediately after installing TWiki and before adding content so now's a good time to look at these.
Some pages are meant to be customized after choice of authentication. If you do not use the internal TWiki password manager the topics that contains the features for changing and resetting passwords and changing the email address should be changed to a note describing how to perform these tasks in your organization. The topics are:
From TWiki release 4.2.0 on the WYSIWYG editor has been replaced by a much better and more powerful editor and it was decided that WYSIWYG would be the default edit mode. An Edit Raw link is available for those that have a need or preference for this mode.
However you may prefer to have the same user interface as in TWiki 4.1 where Edit was the raw text editor and you had a WYSIWYG button. This is possible by adding the following setting in the Main.TWikiPreferences, WebPreferences or user hompages:
In the bottom of each topic you will find a default copyright messages saying "Copyright © by the contributing authors. All material on this collaboration platform is the property of the contributing authors." It is a setting WEBCOPYRIGHT that defines this. This is often not adequate.
You change the copy right statement globally by taking these steps.
The first step is to re-run the configure
script and make sure you have resolved all errors, and are satisfied that you understand any warnings.
If by any chance you forgot the "admin" password, the same is used in "configure" script, then please login to the server. Delete $TWiki::cfg{Password}= ' ...';
. Set the new password using "configure" script.
Failing that, please check TWiki:TWiki.InstallingTWiki on TWiki.org, the supplemental documentation that help you install TWiki on different platforms, environments and web hosting sites. For example:
It is also advisable to review TWiki:Codev/KnownIssuesOfTWiki05x00.
If you need help, ask a question in the TWiki:Support web or on TWiki:Codev/TWikiIRC (irc.freenode.net, channel #twiki)
Low client and server base requirements are core features that keep TWiki widely deployable, particularly across a range of browser platforms and versions. Many Plugins and contrib modules exist which enhance and expand TWiki's capabilities; they may have additional requirements.
TWiki is written in Perl 5, uses a number of shell commands, and requires RCS (Revision Control System), a GNU Free Software package. TWiki is developed in a basic Linux/Apache environment. It also works with Microsoft Windows, and should have no problem on any other platform that meets the requirements.
Resource | Required Server Environment * |
---|---|
Perl | 5.8.0 or higher (5.8.4 or higher is recommended) |
RCS | 5.7 or higher (including GNU diff ) Optional, TWiki includes a pure perl implementation of RCS that can be used instead (although it's slower) |
GNU diff |
GNU diff 2.7 or higher is required when not using the all-Perl RcsLite. Install on PATH if not included with RCS (check version with diff -v ) Must be the version used by RCS, to avoid problems with binary attachments - RCS may have hard-coded path to diff |
GNU df |
Used by the site statistics to record disk usage statistics, optional. The df command is pre-installed on Linux and OS-X. On Windows install the CoreUtils for Windows. |
GNU patch |
For upgrades only: GNU patch is required when using the TWiki:Codev.UpgradeTWiki script |
GNU fgrep , egrep |
Modify command line parameters in configure if you use non-GNU grep programs |
zip |
Zip archive command line utility. Used by the BackupRestorePlugin to create and restore from backups. |
Cron/scheduler | • Unix: cron • Windows: cron equivalents |
Web server | Apache is well supported; see TWiki:TWiki.InstallingTWiki#OtherWebServers for other servers |
Most of the CPAN libraries listesd below are part of a standard Perl installation so you most likely have them all!
See TWiki:TWiki.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install CPAN libraries
The following Perl CPAN modules are used by TWiki:
Module | Preferred version | Comment |
---|---|---|
Algorithm::Diff |
Included in TWiki distribution | |
CGI |
>=3.18 | Versions 2.89 and 3.37 must be avoided. Most version from 3.15 and onwards should work. |
CGI::Carp |
>=1.26 | |
Config |
>=0 | |
Cwd |
>=3.05 | |
Data::Dumper |
>=2.121 | |
Encode |
>=2.1 | |
Error |
Included in TWiki distribution | |
File::Copy |
>=2.06 | |
File::Find |
>=1.05 | |
File::Spec |
>=3.05 | |
File::Temp |
>=0.18 | Included with perl 5.6 and later |
FileHandle |
>=2.01 | |
HTML::Parser |
>=3.28 | Needed by the WysiwygPlugin for WYSIWYG editing |
HTML::Entities |
>=1.25 | Needed by the WysiwygPlugin for WYSIWYG editing |
IO::File |
>=1.10 | |
Net::SMTP |
>=2.29 | Used for sending mail |
Text::Diff |
Included in TWiki distribution | |
Time::Local |
>=1.11 |
The following Perl modules may be used by TWiki:
See TWiki:TWiki.HowToInstallCpanModules for detailed information on how to install CPAN libraries
Module | Preferred version | Description |
---|---|---|
Archive::Tar |
May be required by the Extensions Installer in configure if command line tar or unzip is not available | |
Authen::SASL |
Used for SMTP Authentication | |
CGI::Cookie |
>=1.24 | Used for session support |
CGI::Session |
>=3.95 | Used for session support |
Crypt::SMIME |
>=0.09 | Required if S/MIME-signed administrative e-mail is enabled. |
Digest::base |
||
Digest::SHA1 |
||
Locale::Maketext::Lexicon |
>=0 | Used for I18N support |
Net::SMTP |
>=2.29 | Used for sending mail |
URI |
Used for configure |
Most of them will probably already be available in your installation. You can check version numbers with the configure
script, or if you're still trying to get to that point, check from the command line like this:
perl -e 'use FileHandle; print $FileHandle::VERSION."\n"'
The TWiki standard installation has relatively low browser requirements:
CSS and Javascript are used in most skins, although there is a low-fat skin (Classic skin) available that minimises these requirements. Some skins will require more recent releases of browsers. The default skin (Pattern) is tested on IE 6, Safari, and Mozilla 5.0 based browsers (such as Firefox).
You can easily select a balance of browser capability versus look and feel. Try the installed skins at TWikiSkinBrowser and more at TWiki:Plugins.SkinPackage.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory
The following supplemental notes to the Basic Installation instructions apply to installing TWiki on a system where you don't have Unix/Linux root (administrator) privileges, for example, on a hosted Web account or an intranet server administered by someone else.
Referring to the Basic Installation steps presented above:
pub
directory.)
twiki/bin
directory (e.g. because CGI bin directories can't be under your home directory and you don't have root access). You can create this directory elsewhere and configure the twiki/bin/setlib.cfg
file (done in Step 2). TWiki dir: | What it is: | Where to copy: | Example: |
---|---|---|---|
twiki | start-up pages | root TWiki dir | /home/smith/twiki/ |
twiki/bin | CGI bin | CGI-enabled dir | /home/smith/twiki/bin |
twiki/lib | library files | same level as twiki/bin | /home/smith/twiki/lib |
twiki/locale | language files | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/twiki/locale |
twiki/pub | public files | htdoc enabled dir | /home/smith/twiki/pub |
twiki/data | topic data | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/twiki/data |
twiki/templates | web templates | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/twiki/templates |
twiki/tools | TWiki utlilities | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/twiki/tools |
twiki/working | Temporary and internal files | dir secure from public access | /home/smith/twiki/working |
755
(or 775
) and file permissions should be set to 644
(or 664
). If you can run a chmod
command, you can accomplish this in two quick steps by running these commands from the root direct: chmod -R 755 pub
chmod 644 `find pub -type f -print`
.htaccess
file in the pub directory, using the template included in the root level of the distribution entitled pub-htaccess.txt
.
.htaccess
in the bin directory that includes the following single line: SetHandler cgi-script
. This informs the server to treat all the perl scripts in the bin directory as scripts.
For additional information about installing TWiki on a hosted accounts, see TWiki:TWiki.InstallingTWiki#WebHostingSites
It is highly recommended to use run configure from the browser when setting up TWiki. Configure does a lot of the hard work for you.
But there may be instances where you do not want to use configure or where configure simply won't run because of a missing dependency.
The manual steps you have to take are:
lib/TWiki.spec
to lib/LocalSite.cfg
$TWiki::cfg{DefaultUrlHost}
, $TWiki::cfg{ScriptUrlPath}
, $TWiki::cfg{PubUrlPath}
, $TWiki::cfg{PubDir}
, $TWiki::cfg{TemplateDir}
, $TWiki::cfg{DataDir}
, $TWiki::cfg{LocalesDir}
, and $TWiki::cfg{OS}
and make sure these settings have the correct values.
$TWiki::cfg{LoginManager}
, $TWiki::cfg{WebMasterEmail}
, $TWiki::cfg{SMTP}{MAILHOST}
, $TWiki::cfg{SMTP}{SENDERHOST}
.
This guide covers upgrading from a previous version of TWiki (such as TWiki-4.3) to TWiki-5.1
TWiki-5.1 is a minor release introducing mostly usability enhancements, feature enhancements, and adds extensions to strengthen TWiki as an enterprise collaboration platform. Use this guide to upgrade a previous TWiki release to TWiki-5.1. Use the TWikiInstallationGuide if you do not have data to carry forward.
See TWikiReleaseNotes04x00, TWikiReleaseNotes04x01, TWikiReleaseNotes04x02, TWikiReleaseNotes04x03, TWikiReleaseNotes05x00 and TWikiReleaseNotes05x01
TWiki now as a new solution to backup, restore and upgrade TWiki sites. It can be used via browser and on the command line. The BackupRestorePlugin is pre-installed in TWiki-5.1 and later releases; it can be installed in older TWiki releases as low as TWiki-2001-09-01 (Athens Release) to easily create a backup that can be restored on a new TWiki release. This offers an easy upgrade path for TWiki. The plugin is currently in Beta, check TWiki:Plugins.BackupRestorePlugin for updates.
The following steps are a rough guide to upgrading only. It is impossible to give detailed instructions, as what you have to do may depend on whether you can configure the webserver or not, and how much you have changed distributed files in your current TWiki release.
The main steps are:
After the extensions are installed (or upgraded) in step 2, take a "golden" backup. That will come in handy for your next patch or upgrade: By checking the differences between the golden copy and your production copy, you will be able to identify all the modifications that you have applied to the core or extensions.
twiki/lib/LocalSite.cfg
as a reference. This way you will not have old obsolete settings in the new LocalSite.cfg
.
LocalSite.cfg
file and re-run configure.
lib/TWiki.cfg
from the old TWiki installation is a good resource for some of the settings you will need but you cannot reuse the old TWiki.cfg.
DEFAULT_TYPE
setting of the CommentPlugin, create a COMMENTPLUGIN_DEFAULT_TYPE
setting in Main.TWikiPreferences.
twiki/data/Engineering
(for page content) and twiki/pub/Engineering
(for attachments).
find data -name '*,v' -exec rcs -u -M '{}' \;
find pub -name '*,v' -exec rcs -u -M '{}' \;
Main.TWikiUsers
topic to the new TWiki. If you upgrade from Cairo you can simply use the old file and add the missing new system users to the list of users. If you upgrade from TWiki-4.0.x simply use the old topic. Starting from 4.2.0 TWiki no longer ships with a Main.TWikiUsers
topic. When you register the first user TWiki now checks for an existing Main.TWikiUsers
and if it does not exist it gets created.
data/.htpasswd
for authentication copy this file from the old TWiki to the new. tools/upgrade_emails.pl
.
TWiki.TWikiRegistration
. Make sure you either reuse the registration topic from the old installation or apply the same field changes to the new TWiki.TWikiRegistration
topic.
NewUserTemplate
and UserForm
in the TWiki web. If you choose to tailor anything you are strongly advised to copy NewUserTemplate
and UserForm
to the Main web and tailor the Main web copies. TWiki will look for the NewUserTemplate
in the Main web first and if it does not exist it uses the default from the TWiki web. By creating a Main.NewUserTemplate
and its Main.UserForm
you will not loose your tailorings next time you upgrade TWiki.
Main.TWikiPreferences
. This avoids having to write over files in the distribution on a later upgrade.
data/TWiki
of the old and new TWiki installation, and transfer the changes into the new TWiki install. If you can run a GUI on your server, you may find that using a visual diff tool like WinMerge, meld, kdiff3, xxdiff, etc. is helpful.
WebPreferences
topics in the old TWiki Installation with the default from the new TWiki installation and add any new Preferences that may be relevant.
WebLeftBar
topics in the old TWiki Installation with the default from the new TWiki installation and add any new feature that you desire.
Some pages in the TWiki web are meant to be customized after choice of authentication. If you do not use the internal TWiki password manager the topics that contains the features for changing and resetting passwords and changing the email address should be changed to a note describing how to perform these tasks in your organization. If you have made such customizations remember to replace these topics in the TWiki web with the tailored versions from your old installation. The topics are:
TWiki.ChangePassword
TWiki.ResetPassword
TWiki.ChangeEmailAddress
TWiki-4's PatternSkin introduces the use of the favicon feature which most browsers use to show a small icon in front of the URL and for bookmarks.
In TWiki-4 it is assumed that each web has a favicon.ico file attached to the WebPreferences topic. When you upgrade from Cairo to TWiki-4 you do not have this file and you will get flooded with errors the error log of your web server. There are two solutions to this.
To change the location of favicon.ico in TWikiPreferences to the TWiki web add the following setting to Main.TWikiPreferences:
* Set FAVICON = %PUBURLPATH%/%SYSTEMWEB%/%WEBPREFSTOPIC%/favicon.ico
Your old Main.TWikiUsers topic will work in the new TWiki but you will need to ensure that the following four users from the TWikiUsersTemplate topic are copied to the existing TWikiUsers topic in proper alphabetical order:
* TWikiContributor - 2005-01-01 * TWikiGuest - guest - 1999-02-10 * TWikiRegistrationAgent - 2005-01-01 * UnknownUser - 2005-01-01
What these users are:
You additionally need to ensure that TWikiUsers has the Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = TWikiAdminGroup, TWikiRegistrationAgent
access control setting. Otherwise people will not be able to register.
TWiki 4.0.5 worked on Perl version 5.6.X. Reports from users has shown that unfortunately TWiki 4.1.0 does not support Perl versions older then 5.8.0. It is the goal that TWiki should work on at least Perl version 5.6.X but none of the developers have had access to Perl installations older than 5.8.0.
Since TWiki 4.1.0 has some urgent bugs the development team decided to release TWiki 4.1.1 without resolving the issue with Perl 5.6.X. We will however address this and try and resolve it for a planned 4.1.2 release. The TWiki community is very interested in contributions from users that have fixes for the code which will enable TWiki to run on older versions of Perl.
See the WhatVersionsOfPerlAreSupported topic to keep up to date with the discussion how to get back support for earlier Perl versions.
Until TWiki 4.0.5 TWikiTemplates the text inside template definition blocks (anything between %TMPL:DEF{"block"}%
and %TMPL:END%
was stripped of leading and trailing white space incl new lines.
This caused a lot of problems for skin developers when you wanted a newline before or after the block text.
From TWiki 4.1.0 this has changed so that white space is no longer stripped. Skins like PatternSkin and NatSkin have been updated so that they work with the new behavior. But if you use an older skin or have written your own you will most likely need to make some adjustments.
It is not difficult. The general rule is - if you get mysterious blank lines in your skin, the newline after the %TMPL:DEF{"block"}%
needs to be removed. Ie. the content of the block must follow on the same line as the TMPL:DEF.
The spec change have the same impact on CommentPlugin templates where you may have to remove the first line break after the TMPL:DEF. See the CommentPluginTemplate for examples of how comment template definitions should look like in TWiki-4.1.X
An example: A CommentPlugin template that adds a comment as appending a row to a table. Before the spec change this would work.
<verbatim> %TMPL:DEF{OUTPUT:tabletest}%%POS:BEFORE% |%URLPARAM{"comment"}%| -- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE% | %TMPL:END% </verbatim>
From Twiki 4.1.0 the old template definition will add an empty line before the new table row. To fix it simply remove the new line before the table.
<verbatim> %TMPL:DEF{OUTPUT:tabletest}%%POS:BEFORE%|%URLPARAM{"comment"}%| -- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE% | %TMPL:END% </verbatim>
The advantage of the spec change is that now you can add leading and trailing white space including new lines. This was not possible before.
An upgrader upgrading to 4.1.1 should note the following important change
The directory for passthrough files and session files have been replaced by a common directory for temporary files used by TWiki. Previously the two configure settings {PassthroughDir}
and {Sessions}{Dir}
were by default set to /tmp
. These config settings have been replaced by {TempfileDir}
with the default setting value /tmp/twiki
. If the twiki
directory does not exist twiki will create it first time it needs it.
It is highly recommended no longer to use the tmp directory common to other web applications and the new default will work fine for most. You may want to delete all the old session files in /tmp after the upgrade to 4.1.1. They all start with cgisess_. It is additionally highly recommended to limit write access to the {TempfileDir}
for security reasons if you have non-admin users with login access to the webserver just like you would do with the other webserver directories.
TWiki now ships with a new WYSIWYG editor based on TinyMCE replaces the Kupu based editor.
TinyMCE is not a perfect Wysiwyg editor but it is magnitudes better than the Kupu editor
The WysiwygPlugin that drives the engine behind both TinyMCE has additionally been heavily improved so that less TWiki Applications are negatively affected by editing WYSIWYG
When TinyMCEPlugin is enabled the Edit button per default becomes WYSIWYG editing mode. A new Raw Edit link has been added to enable application developers to edit the good old way
The WYSIWYG button has been removed.
The NEWTOPICLINKSYMBOL preference which was deprecated in 4.1 has now been removed from the code. If you want to control the appearance of new links, you can use NEWLINKFORMAT.
When a new user registers on TWiki his user topic is created based on the NewUserTemplate
and UserForm
.
The NewUserTemplate
was located in the TWiki web and the UserForm
in the Main web. When upgrading TWiki these were some of the topics you had to take care not to overwrite.
From 4.2.0 the UserForm
and NewUserTemplate
are distributed in the TWiki web. If you create the two in the Main web the Main web version will be used instead. So if you tailor the user topic format or the form then you should always copy the two files to the Main web and modify the ones in the Main web. When you later upgrade TWiki your tailored template and form will not be overwritten.
The Main.TWikiUsers
topic contains all the registered users. It is a topic you do not want to overwrite when you upgrade TWiki.
From 4.2.0 this file is no longer included in the TWiki distribution. When you register the first time TWiki creates the Main.TWikiUsers
topic in the Main web if it does not exist already. This means that you can now upgrade TWiki without risk of overwriting the important TWikiUsers
topic.
working
directory
A new directory working
which per default is located in the twiki root, has been introduced which contains:
Note: Remember to restrict access to this new directory when you upgrade.
The configuration setting {WorkingDir}
defines the container directory for temporary files, extensions' work areas, and intermediate registration data. The default is working
under your installation root.
Take care for that change if you run your own routine to delete obsolete session files, which will now be found under working/tmp/cgisess*
.
TWiki 4.2 introduces a new Internal Admin Login feature which uses "admin" (configurable) as username and the password used for configure to become temporary administrator. When you do a new installation you need to use this feature as Main.TWikiAdminGroup is now access restricted by default to avoid security attacks during the hours an installation may take. From configure there is a link to the TWikiAdminGroup topic and on TWikiAdminGroup the step by step instructions are written in a yellow box. Our advice is not to remove this help text in case you need it later.
The TopMenuSkin adds pulldown menus for better usability and corporate/modern look&feel. This skin is based on the PatternSkin, which used the WebLeftBar in each web for navigation. The TopMenuSkin has a new WebTopBar that defines the menu structure in each web. A default menu is shown in case WebTopBar is missing in a web, so you do not need to add a WebTopBar topic to all your existing webs. See TopMenuSkin#WebSpecific instructions in case you need a customized menu structure in a specific web.
A new bookmark feature has been introduced that replaces the personal left-bar links. Bookmarking a page is now a simple point and click operation: In the Account pulldown menu, select "Bookmark this page...". Existing bookmarks can be managed with an edit table in Main.<wikiname>Bookmarks topic, accessible via the "----- Bookmarks -----" pulldown menu of the Account pulldown.
The personal left-bar topics such as JohnSmithLeftBar are no longer used. Ask users to select the "----- Bookmarks -----" pulldown menu of the Account pulldown to initially create the bookmarks topic, then to either bookmark pages, or to manually copy & paste old left-bar links to the bookmarks topic.
Previous user profile pages had a bare bone look and the form fields were more tailored for public TWiki sites. TWiki-5.1 brings a more visual/modern page layout with profile picture selector, as well as default form fields tailored for the workplace.
Changes to the TWiki.UserForm:
Renamed:
FirstName
to First Name
(no change in %META:FIELD name
)
LastName
to Last Name
(no change in %META:FIELD name
)
OrganisationName
to Organization
OrganisationURL
to URL
Profession
to Titles
VoIP
to Skype ID
State
to Region
Address
InstantMessaging (IM)
HomePage
Comment
Department
Status Update
When upgrading user profile pages pay attention to the renamed and removed fields.
TWiki site access control and user activity tracking options
Authentication, or "login", is the process by which a user lets TWiki know who they are.
Authentication isn't just to do with access control. TWiki uses authentication to identify users, so it can keep track of who made changes, and manage a wide range of personal settings. With authentication enabled, users can personalise TWiki and contribute as recognised individuals, instead of shadows.
TWiki authentication is very flexible, and can either stand alone or integrate with existing authentication schemes. You can set up TWiki to require authentication for every access, or only for changes. Authentication is also essential for access control.
Quick Authentication Test - Use the %USERINFO% variable to return your current identity:
TWiki user authentication is split into four sections; password management, user mapping, user registration, and login management. Password management deals with how users personal data is stored. Registration deals with how new users are added to the wiki. Login management deals with how users log in.
Once a user is logged on, they can be remembered using a Client Session stored in a cookie in the browser (or by other less elegant means if the user has disabled cookies). This avoids them having to log on again and again.
TWiki user authentication is configured through the Security Settings pane in the configure interface.
Please note FileAttachments are not protected by TWiki User Authentication.
Tip: TWiki:TWiki.TWikiUserAuthenticationSupplement on TWiki.org has supplemental documentation on user authentication.
As shipped, TWiki supports the Apache 'htpasswd' password manager. This manager supports the use of .htpasswd
files on the server. These files can be unique to TWiki, or can be shared with other applications (such as an Apache webserver). A variety of password encodings are supported for flexibility when re-using existing files. See the descriptive comments in the Security Settings section of the configure interface for more details.
You can easily plug in alternate password management modules to support interfaces to other third-party authentication databases.
Often when you are using an external authentication method, you want to map from an unfriendly "login name" to a more friendly WikiName. Also, an external authentication database may well have user information you want to import to TWiki, such as user groups.
By default, TWiki supports mapping of usernames to wikinames, and supports TWiki groups internal to TWiki. If you want, you can plug in an alternate user mapping module to support import of groups etc.
New user registration uses the password manager to set and change passwords and store email addresses. It is also responsible for the new user verification process. the registration process supports single user registration via the TWikiRegistration page, and bulk user registration via the BulkRegistration page (for admins only).
The registration process is also responsible for creating user topics, and setting up the mapping information used by the User Mapping support.
Note: If you are restricting the entire Main web to TWikiGuest, you are required to add TWikiRegistrationAgent to ALLOWWEBCHANGE in your
Main/WebPreferences
. By doing so, new users are able to register without any errors.
Login management controls the way users have to log in. There are three basic options; no login, login via a TWiki login page, and login using the webserver authentication support.
none
in configure) Does exactly what it says on the tin. Forget about authentication to make your site completely public - anyone can browse and edit freely, in classic Wiki style. All visitors are given the TWikiGuest default identity, so you can't track individual user activity.
Note: This setup is not recommended on public websites for security reasons; anyone would be able to change system settings and perform tasks usually restricted to administrators.
Template Login asks for a username and password in a web page, and processes them using whatever Password Manager you choose. Users can log in and log out. Client Sessions are used to remember users. Users can choose to have their session remembered so they will automatically be logged in the next time they start their browser.
TWiki::LoginManager::TemplateLogin
login manager (on the Security Settings pane).
{TemplateLogin}{PreventBrowserRememberingPassword}
that you can set to prevent Browsers from remembering username and passwords if you are concerned about public terminal usage.
.htpasswd
files, check that a new line with the username and encrypted password is added to the .htpasswd
file. If not, you probably got a path wrong, or the permissions may not allow the webserver user to write to that file.
TWikiAccessControl has more information on setting up access controls.
At this time TWikiAccessControls cannot control access to files in the
pub
area, unless they are only accessed through the viewfile
script. If your pub
directory is set up in the webserver to allow open access you may want to add .htaccess
files in there to restrict access.
You can create a custom version of the TWikiRegistration form by copying the topic, and then deleting or adding input tags in your copy. The
name=""
parameter of the input tags must start with: "Twk0..."
(if this is an optional entry), or "Twk1..."
(if this is a required entry). This ensures that the fields are carried over into the user profile page correctly. Do not modify the version of TWikiRegistration shipped with TWiki, as your changes will be overwritten next time you upgrade.
The default new user template page is in TWiki.NewUserTemplate. The same variables get expanded as in the template topics. You can create a custom new user profile page by creating the Main.NewUserTemplate topic, which will then override the default.
Using this method TWiki does not authenticate users internally. Instead it depends on the REMOTE_USER
environment variable, which is set when you enable authentication in the webserver.
The advantage of this scheme is that if you have an existing website authentication scheme using Apache modules such as mod_auth_ldap
or mod_auth_mysql
you can just plug in directly to them.
The disadvantage is that because the user identity is cached in the browser, you can log in, but you can't log out again unless you restart the browser.
TWiki maps the REMOTE_USER
that was used to log in to the webserver to a WikiName using the table in TWikiUsers. This table is updated whenever a user registers, so users can choose not to register (in which case their webserver login name is used for their signature) or register (in which case that login name is mapped to their WikiName).
The same private .htpasswd
file used in TWiki Template Login can be used to authenticate Apache users, using the Apache Basic Authentication support.
Warning: Do not use the Apache htpasswd
program with .htpasswd
files generated by TWiki! htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that TWiki plants in the info fields of this file.
TWiki::LoginManager::ApacheLogin
login manager.
.htpasswd
entries.
.htaccess
file in the twiki/bin
directory.twiki/bin/.htaccess.txt
that you can copy and change. The comments in the file explain what need to be done..htaccess
does not have the desired effect, you may need to "AllowOverride All" for the directory in httpd.conf
(if you have root access; otherwise, e-mail web server support) pub
area, unless they are only accessed through the viewfile
script. If your pub
directory is set up to allow open access you may want to add .htaccess
files in there as well to restrict access
name=""
parameter of the input tags must start with: "Twk0..."
(if this is an optional entry), or "Twk1..."
(if this is a required entry). This ensures that the fields are carried over into the user profile page correctly. Do not modify the version of TWikiRegistration shipped with TWiki, as your changes will be overwritten next time you upgrade. .htpasswd
file. If not, you may have got a path wrong, or the permissions may not allow the webserver user to write to that file.
Any time a user requests a page that needs authentication, they will be forced to log on. It may be convenient to have a "logon" link as well, to give the system a chance to identify the user and retrieve their personal settings. It may be convenient to force them to log on.
The bin/logon
script enables this. If you are using Apache Login, the bin/logon
script must be setup in the bin/.htaccess
file to be a script which requires a valid user
. Once authenticated, it will redirect the user to the view URL for the page from which the logon
script was linked.
TWiki uses the CPAN:CGI::Session and CPAN:CGI::Cookie modules to track sessions. These modules are de facto standards for session management among Perl programmers. If you can't use Cookies for any reason, CPAN:CGI::Session also supports session tracking using the client IP address.
You don't have to enable sessions to support logins in TWiki. However it is strongly recommended. TWiki needs some way to remember the fact that you logged in from a particular browser, and it uses sessions to do this. If you don't enable sessions, TWiki will try hard to remember you, but due to limitations in the browsers it may also forget you (and then suddenly remember you again later!). So for the best user experience, you should enable sessions.
There are a number of TWikiVariables available that you can use to interrogate your current session. You can even add your own session variables to the TWiki cookie. Session variables are referred to as "sticky" variables.
You can get, set, and clear session variables from within TWiki web pages or by using script parameters. This allows you to use the session as a personal "persistent memory space" that is not lost until the web browser is closed. Also note that if a session variable has the same name as a TWiki preference, the session variables value takes precedence over the TWiki preference. This allows for per-session preferences.
To make use of these features, use the variables:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" }% |
Read a session variable |
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" set="varValue" }% |
Set a session variable |
%SESSION_VARIABLE{ "varName" clear="" }% |
Clear a session variable |
Special read-only session variables:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"AUTHUSER"}%
- user ID, current value:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"SESSION_REQUEST_NUMBER"}%
- number of pages accessed by current user since login, current value:
Notes:
TWiki normally uses cookies to store session information on a client computer. Cookies are a common way to pass session information from client to server. TWiki cookies simply hold a unique session identifier that is used to look up a database of session information on the TWiki server.
For a number of reasons, it may not be possible to use cookies. In this case, TWiki has a fallback mechanism; it will automatically rewrite every internal URL it sees on pages being generated to one that also passes session information.
This section applies only if you are using authentication with existing login names (i.e. mapping from login names to WikiNames).
TWiki internally manages two usernames: Login Username and TWiki Username.
pthoeny
. This name is normally passed to TWiki by the REMOTE_USER
environment variable, and used internally. Login Usernames are maintained by your system administrator.
PeterThoeny
, is recorded when you register using TWikiRegistration; doing so also generates a user profile page in the Main web.
TWiki can automatically map an Intranet (Login) Username to a TWiki Username if the {AllowLoginName} is enabled in configure. The default is to use your WikiName as a login name.
NOTE: To correctly enter a WikiName - your own or someone else's - be sure to include the Main web name in front of the Wiki username, followed by a period, and no spaces, for exampleMain.WikiUsername
or%USERSWEB%.WikiUsername
. This pointsWikiUsername
to the Main web, where user profile pages are located, no matter which web it's entered in. Without the web prefix, the name appears as a NewTopic everywhere but in the Main web.
If your {PasswordManager} supports password changing, you can change and reset passwords using forms on regular pages.
TWiki/ChangePassword
)
TWiki/ResetPassword
)
If the active {PasswordManager} supports storage and retrieval of user e-mail addresses, you can change your e-mail using a regular page. As shipped, this is true only for the Apache 'htpasswd' password manager.
TWiki/ChangeEmailAddress
)
.htaccess
One of the key features of TWiki is that it is possible to add HTML to topics. No authentication method is 100% secure on a website where end users can add HTML, as there is always a risk that a malicious user can add code to a topic that gathers user information, such as session IDs. The TWiki developers have been forced to make certain tradeoffs, in the pursuit of efficiency, that may be exploited by a hacker.
This section discusses some of the known risks. You can be sure that any potential hackers have read this section as well!
At one extreme, the most secure method is to use TWiki via SSL (Secure Sockets Layer), with a login manager installed and Client Sessions turned off.
Using TWiki with sessions turned off is a pain, though, as with all the login managers there are occasions where TWiki will forget who you are. The best user experience is achieved with sessions turned on.
As soon as you allow the server to maintain information about a logged-in user, you open a door to potential attacks. There are a variety of ways a malicious user can pervert TWiki to obtain another users session ID, the most common of which is known as a cross-site scripting attack. Once a hacker has an SID they can pretend to be that user.
To help prevent these sorts of attacks, TWiki supports IP matching, which ensures that the IP address of the user requesting a specific session is the same as the IP address of the user who created the session. This works well as long as IP addresses are unique to each client, and as long as the IP address of the client can't be faked.
Session IDs are usually stored by TWiki in cookies, which are stored in the client browser. Cookies work well, but not all environments or users permit cookies to be stored in browsers. So TWiki also supports two other methods of determining the session ID. The first method uses the client IP address to determine the session ID. The second uses a rewriting method that rewrites local URLs in TWiki pages to include the session ID in the URL.
The first method works well as long as IP addresses are unique to each individual client, and client IP addresses can't be faked by a hacker. If IP addresses are unique and can't be faked, it is almost as secure as cookies + IP matching, so it ranks as the fourth most secure method.
If you have to turn IP matching off, and cookies can't be relied on, then you may have to rely on the second method, URL rewriting. This method exposes the session IDs very publicly, so should be regarded as "rather dodgy".
Most TWiki sites don't use SSL, so, as is the case with most sites that don't use SSL, there is always a possibility that a password could be picked out of the aether. Browsers do not encrypt passwords sent over non-SSL links, so using Apache Login is no more secure than Template Login.
Of the two shipped login managers, Apache Login is probably the most useful. It lets you do this sort of thing: wget --http-user=RogerRabbit --http-password=i'mnottelling http://www.example.com/bin/save/Sandbox/StuffAUTOINC0?text=hohoho,%20this%20is%20interesting i.e. pass in a user and password to a request from the command-line. However it doesn't let you log out.
Template Login degrades to url re-writing when you use a client like dillo that does not support cookies. However, you can log out and back in as a different user.
Finally, it would be really neat if someone was to work out how to use certificates to identify users.....
See TWiki:TWiki.SecuringTWikiSite for more information.
Restricting read and write access to topics and webs, by Users and groups
TWiki Access Control allows you restrict access to single topics and entire webs, by individual user and by user Groups. Access control, combined with TWikiUserAuthentication, lets you easily create and manage an extremely flexible, fine-grained privilege system.
Tip: TWiki:TWiki.TWikiAccessControlSupplement on TWiki.org has additional documentation on access control.
Open, freeform editing is the essence of WikiCulture - what makes TWiki different and often more effective than other collaboration tools. For that reason, it is strongly recommended that decisions to restrict read or write access to a web or a topic are made with great care - the more restrictions, the less Wiki in the mix. Experience shows that unrestricted write access works very well because:
Web | Sitemap | VIEW | CHANGE | RENAME | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Listed | DENY | ALLOW | DENY | ALLOW | DENY | ALLOW | |
![]() ![]() |
on | ||||||
![]() ![]() |
on | TWikiAdminGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | ||||
![]() ![]() |
on | GuestUserGroup | GuestUserGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | |||
![]() ![]() |
on | GuestUserGroup | GuestUserGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | |||
![]() ![]() |
on | GuestUserGroup | GuestUserGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | |||
![]() ![]() |
on | GuestUserGroup | GuestUserGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | |||
![]() ![]() |
on | GuestUserGroup | GuestUserGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | |||
![]() ![]() |
on | GuestUserGroup | GuestUserGroup | TWikiAdminGroup | |||
![]() ![]() |
on |
Please Note:
Note: Above table comes from SitePermissions
Authentication: Identifies who a user is based on a login procedure. See TWikiUserAuthentication.
Access control: Restrict access to content based on users and groups once a user is identified.
Access control is based on the familiar concept of Users and Groups. Users are defined by their WikiNames. They can then be organized in unlimited combinations by inclusion in one or more user Groups. For convenience, Groups can also be included in other Groups.
A user can create an account in TWikiRegistration. The following actions are performed:
The default visitor name is TWikiGuest. This is the non-authenticated user.
The following describes the standard TWiki support for groups. Your local TWiki may have an alternate group mapping manager installed. Check with your TWiki administrator if you are in doubt.
Groups are defined by group topics located in the Main
web. To create a new group, visit TWikiGroups and enter the name of the new group ending in Group
into the "new group" form field. This will create a new group topic with two important settings:
Set GROUP = < list of Users and/or Groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = < list of Users and/or Groups >
The GROUP setting is a comma-separated list of users and/or other groups. Example:
Set GROUP = SomeUser, OtherUser, SomeGroup
The ALLOWTOPICCHANGE setting defines who is allowed to change the group topic; it is a comma delimited list of users and groups. You typically want to restrict that to the members of the group itself, so it should contain the name of the topic. This prevents users not in the group from editing the topic to give themselves or others access. For example, for the MarketingGroup topic write:
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = MarketingGroup
Note: TWiki has strict formatting rules. Make sure you have a real bullet. (In raw edit it is three or six spaces, an asterisk, and an extra space in front of any access control rule.)
A number of TWiki functions (for example, renaming webs) are only available to administrators. Administrators are simply users who belong to the SuperAdminGroup. This is a standard user group, the name of which is defined by {SuperAdminGroup} setting in configure. The default name of this group is the TWikiAdminGroup
. The system administrator may have chosen a different name for this group if your local TWiki uses an alternate group mapping manager but for simplicity we will use the default name TWikiAdminGroup in the rest of this topic.
You can create new administrators simply by adding them to the TWikiAdminGroup topic. For example,
Set GROUP = RobertCailliau, TimBernersLee
You can define who is allowed to read or write to a web or a topic. Note that some plugins may not respect access permissions.
Note that there is an important distinction between CHANGE access and RENAME access. A user can CHANGE a topic, but thanks to version control their changes cannot be lost (the history of the topic before the change is recorded). However if a topic or web is renamed, that history may be lost. Typically a site will only give RENAME access to administrators and content owners.
You can define restrictions on who is allowed to view a TWiki web. You can restrict access to certain webs to selected Users and Groups, by:
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set DENYWEBCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWWEBCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set DENYWEBRENAME = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWWEBRENAME = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
For example, set this to restrict a web to be viewable only by the MarketingGroup:
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = Main.MarketingGroup
If your site allows hierarchical webs, then access to sub-webs is determined from the access controls of the parent web, plus the access controls in the sub-web. So, if the parent web has ALLOWWEBVIEW
set, this will also apply to the subweb. Also note that you will need to ensure that the parent web's FINALPREFERENCES
does not include the access control settings listed above. Otherwise you will not be able override the parent web's access control settings in sub-webs.
Creation and renaming of sub-webs is controlled by the WEBCHANGE setting on the parent web (or ROOTCHANGE for root webs). Renaming is additionally restricted by the setting of WEBRENAME in the web itself.
Note: If you restrict access to the Main, make sure to add the TWikiRegistrationAgent
so that users can register. Example:
Set ALLOWWEBCHANGE = TWikiAdminGroup, TWikiRegistrationAgent
Note: For Web level access rights Setting any of these settings to an empty value has the same effect as not setting them at all. Please note that the documentation of TWiki 4.0 and earlier versions of TWiki 4.1 did not reflect the actual implementation, e.g. an empty ALLOWWEBVIEW does not prevent anyone from viewing the web, and an an empty DENYWEBVIEW does not allow all to view the web.
Set DENYTOPICVIEW = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set DENYTOPICCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set DENYTOPICRENAME = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWTOPICRENAME = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
For example, set this to restrict a topic to be viewable only by the MarketingExecGroup:
Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW = Main.MarketingExecGroup
Remember when opening up access to specific topics within a restricted web that other topics in the web - for example, the WebLeftBar - may also be accessed when viewing the topics. The message you get when you are denied access should tell you what topic you were not permitted to access.
Be careful with empty values for any of these.
Set ALLOWTOPICVIEW =
Set DENYTOPICVIEW =
The same rules apply to ALLOWTOPICCHANGE/DENYTOPICCHANGE and APPLYTOPICRENAME/DENYTOPICRENAME. Setting ALLOWTOPICCHANGE or ALLOWTOPICRENAME to en empty value means the same as not defining it. Setting DENYTOPICCHANGE or DENYTOPICRENAME to an empty value means that anyone can edit or rename the topic.
If the same setting is defined multiple times the last one overrides the previous. They are not OR'ed together.
The setting to an empty has caused confusion and great debate and it has been decided that the empty setting syntax will be replaced by something which is easier to understand in a later version of TWiki. A method to upgrade will be provided. Please read the release notes carefully when you upgrade.
See "How TWiki evaluates ALLOW/DENY settings" below for more on how ALLOW and DENY interacts.
By default, TWiki does not secure file attachments. Without making the following changes to the twiki.conf file, it is possible for anyone who has access to the server to gain access to an attachment if they know the attachment's fully qualified path, even though access to the topic associated with the attachment is secured. This is because attachments are referred to directly by Apache, and are not by default delivered via TWiki scripts. This means that the above instructions for controlling to topics do not apply to attachments unless you make the changes as described below.
An effective way to secure attachments is to apply the same access control settings to attachments as those applied to topics. This security enhancement can be accomplished by instructing the webserver via Apache's mod_rewrite
module to redirect accesses to attachments via the TWiki viewfile
script, which honors the TWiki access controls settings to topics.
The preferred method to secure attachments is by editing the twiki.conf
file to include:
ScriptAlias /twiki/bin/ /filesystem/path/to/twiki/bin/ Alias /twiki/pub/ /filesystem/path/to/twiki/pub/ RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} !^/+twiki/+pub/+(TWiki|Sandbox)/+.+ RewriteRule ^/+twiki/+pub/+(.*)$ /twiki/bin/viewfile/$1 [L,PT]
Notes:
viewfile
script. The TWiki web and Sandbox web are excluded for performance reasons.
twiki.conf
file used by Apache, you can make the same change directly to the .htaccess
file in the /twiki/bin
directory.
viewfile
script sets the mime type based upon file name suffix. Unknown types are served as text/plain which can result in corrupt files.
Top level webs are a special case, because they don't have a parent web with a WebPreferences. So there has to be a special control just for the root level.
Set DENYROOTCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWROOTCHANGE = < comma-delimited list of Users and Groups >
ROOTCHANGE
access to rename an existing top-level web. You just need WEBCHANGE
in the web itself.
When deciding whether to grant access, TWiki evaluates the following rules in order (read from the top of the list; if the logic arrives at PERMITTED or DENIED that applies immediately and no more rules are applied). You need to read the rules bearing in mind that VIEW, CHANGE and RENAME access may be granted/denied separately.
ALLOWTOPICVIEW and ALLOWTOPICCHANGE only applies to the topic in which the settings are defined. If a topic A includes another topic B, topic A does not inherit the access rights of the included topic B.
Examples: Topic A includes topic B
For a firewalled TWiki, e.g. an intranet wiki or extranet wiki, you want to allow only invited people to access your TWiki. In this case, enable user authentication with ApacheLogin and lock down access to the whole twiki/bin
and twiki/pub
directories to all but valid users. In the Apache .htaccess
file or the appropriate .conf
file, replace the <FilesMatch "(attach|edit|...
section with this:
<FilesMatch ".*"> require valid-user </FilesMatch>
If needed, you can further restrict access to selected webs with ALLOWWEBVIEW and other access control settings.
Note: With this configuration, someone with access to the site needs to register new users.
Use the following setup to authenticate users for topic viewing in all webs and to restrict access to selected webs. Requires TWikiUserAuthentication to be enabled.
require valid-user
on your view
script in .htaccess or the appropriate Apache .conf file. As of 4.x, this looks like: FilesMatch "(attach|edit|manage|rename|save|view|upload|mail|logon|.*auth).*"
(normally view
is not in that list).
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < list of Users and Groups >
DENYWEBVIEW
is evaluated before ALLOWWEBVIEW
. Access is denied if the authenticated person is in the DENYWEBVIEW
list, or not in the ALLOWWEBVIEW
list. Access is granted if DENYWEBVIEW
and ALLOWWEBVIEW
are not defined.
Use the following setup to provide unrestricted viewing access to open webs, with authentication only on selected webs. Requires TWikiUserAuthentication to be enabled.
Set DENYWEBVIEW = < list of Users and Groups >
Set ALLOWWEBVIEW = < list of Users and Groups >
DENYWEBVIEW
is evaluated before ALLOWWEBVIEW
. Access is denied if the authenticated person is in the DENYWEBVIEW
list, or not in the ALLOWWEBVIEW
list. Access is granted if DENYWEBVIEW
and ALLOWWEBVIEW
are not defined.
Tip: To hide access control settings from normal browser viewing, you can put them into the topic preference settings by clicking the link
Edit topic preference settings
under More topic actions
menu. Preferences set in this manner are not visible in the topic text, but take effect nevertheless. Access control settings added as topic preference settings are stored in the topic meta data and they override settings defined in the topic text.
Alternatively, place them in HTML comment markers, but this exposes the access setting during ordinary editing.
<!--
* Set DENYTOPICCHANGE = Main.SomeGroup
-->
Another way of hiding webs is to keep them hidden by not publishing the URL and by preventing the all webs
search option from accessing obfuscated webs. Do so by enabling the NOSEARCHALL
variable in WebPreferences:
Set NOSEARCHALL = on
This setup can be useful to hide a new web until content its ready for deployment, or to hide view access restricted webs.
Note: Obfuscating a web without view access control is very insecure, as anyone who knows the URL can access the web.
It is possible to turn the PatternSkin and TopMenuSkin into read-only mode by removing the edit and attach controls (links and buttons). This is mainly useful if you have TWiki application pages or dashboards where you do not want regular users to change content. The read-only skin mode is not a replacement for access control; you can use it in addition to access control. Details at PatternSkinCustomization#ReadOnlySkinMode.
These instructions are for contributors who prefer to use the Raw Edit over the default WYSIWYG editor. Working in TWiki is as easy as typing in text. You don't need to know HTML, though you can use it if you prefer. Links to topics are created automatically when you enter WikiWords. And TWiki shorthand gives you all the power of HTML with a simple coding system that takes no time to learn. It's all laid out below.
Formatting Command: | You write: | You get: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Paragraphs: Blank lines will create new paragraphs. |
1st paragraph 2nd paragraph |
1st paragraph 2nd paragraph |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Headings: Three or more dashes at the beginning of a line, followed by plus signs and the heading text. One plus creates a top level heading, two pluses a second level heading, etc. The maximum heading depth is 6.
|
---++ Sushi ---+++ Maguro ---+++!! Not in TOC |
SushiMaguroNot in TOC |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bold Text: Words get shown in bold by enclosing them in * asterisks.
|
*Bold* |
Bold |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Italic Text: Words get shown in italic by enclosing them in _ underscores.
|
_Italic_ |
Italic |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bold Italic: Words get shown in bold italic by enclosing them in __ double-underscores.
|
__Bold italic__ |
Bold italic |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Font: Words get shown in fixed font by enclosing them in = equal signs.
|
=Fixed font= |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bold Fixed Font: Words get shown in bold fixed font by enclosing them in double equal signs.
|
==Bold fixed== |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
![]() * _ __ = == ) indicator
with normal punctuation, such as commas and full stops.
![]() ![]() |
_This works_, _this does not _ _this fails too_ |
This works, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Separator (Horizontal Rule): Three or more three dashes at the beginning of a line.. |
------- |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bulleted List: Multiple of three spaces, an asterisk, and another space. ![]() |
* level 1 * level 2 * back on 1 * A bullet broken over three lines * last bullet |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Numbered List: Multiple of three spaces, a type character, a dot, and another space. Several types are available besides a number:
|
1. Sushi 1. Dim Sum 1. Fondue A. Sushi A. Dim Sum A. Fondue i. Sushi i. Dim Sum i. Fondue |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition List: Three spaces, a dollar sign, the term, a colon, a space, followed by the definition. Deprecated syntax: Three spaces, the term with no spaces, a colon, a space, followed by the definition. |
$ Sushi: Japan $ Dim Sum: S.F. |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Table: Each row of the table is a line containing of one or more cells. Each cell starts and ends with a vertical bar '|'. Any spaces at the beginning of a line are ignored.
![]() |^| multiple-span row functionality and additional rendering features
|
| *L* | *C* | *R* | | A2 | B2 | C2 | | A3 | B3 | C3 | | multi span ||| | A5-7 | 5 | 5 | |^| six | six | |^| seven | seven | | split\ | over\ | 3 lines | | A9 | B9 | C9 | |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
WikiWord Links: CapitalizedWordsStuckTogether (or WikiWords) will produce a link automatically if preceded by whitespace or parenthesis. ![]() Otherweb.TopicName . To link to a topic in a subweb write Otherweb.Subweb.TopicName .![]() ![]() '.' are used to separate webs and subwebs from topic names and therefore cannot be used in topic names.
It's generally a good idea to use the TWikiVariables %SYSTEMWEB% and %USERSWEB% instead of TWiki and Main. |
WebStatistics Sandbox.WebNotify Sandbox.WebHome Sandbox.Subweb.TopicName | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Anchors: You can define a reference inside a TWiki topic (called an anchor name) and link to that. To define an anchor write #AnchorName at the beginning of a line. The anchor name must be a WikiWord of no more than 32 characters. To link to an anchor name use the [[MyTopic#MyAnchor]] syntax. You can omit the topic name if you want to link within the same topic.
|
[[WikiWord#NotThere]] [[#MyAnchor][Jump]] #MyAnchor To here | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forced Links: Use double square brackets to create forced links: Write [[link]] or [[link][label]] to force a link. Use the former for singleton words and if automatic linking is disabled. Use the latter one to specify a link label other than the link. For the link, you can use internal link references (e.g. WikiWords) and URLs (e.g. http://TWiki.org/).
![]() ![]() |
[[WikiWord]] [[WikiWord#TheSyntax]] [[WikiSyntax][wiki syntax]] [[http://gnu.org/][GNU]] [[Singleton]] escaped: ![[WikiSyntax]] |
escaped: [[WikiSyntax]] |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Prevent a Link: Prevent a WikiWord from being linked by prepending it with an exclamation point. |
!SunOS | SunOS | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Disable Links: You can disable automatic linking of WikiWords by surrounding text with <noautolink> and </noautolink> tags.![]() |
<noautolink> RedHat & SuSE </noautolink> |
RedHat & SuSE |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mailto Links: E-mail addresses are linked automatically. To create e-mail links that have more descriptive link text, specify subject lines or message bodies, or omit the e-mail address, you can write [[mailto:user@domain][descriptive text]] .
|
a@b.com [[mailto:a@b.com]\ [Mail]] [[mailto:?subject=\ Hi][Hi]] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Verbatim Text: Surround code excerpts and other formatted text with <verbatim> and </verbatim> tags.![]() verbatim tags disable HTML code. Use <pre> and </pre> tags instead if you want the HTML code within the tags to be interpreted.![]() |
<verbatim> class CatAnimal { void purr() { <code here> } } </verbatim> |
class CatAnimal { void purr() { <code here> } } |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Literal Text: TWiki generates HTML code from TWiki shorthand. Experts surround anything that must be output literally in the HTML code, without the application of TWiki shorthand rules, with <literal>..</literal> tags. ![]() ![]() |
<literal> | Not | A | Table | <literal> |
| Not | A | Table | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Protected Text: Experts protect text from mangling by WYSIWYG editors using <sticky>..</sticky> tags. Sticky tags don't have any effect on normal
topic display; they are only relevant when content has to be
protected from a WYSIWYG editor (usually because it isn't well-formed HTML, or because it
is HTML that WYSIWYG would normally filter out or modify). Protected
content appears as plain text in the WYSIWYG editor.
|
<sticky> <div> This div is required </div> </sticky> |
This div is required
|
You can use most HTML tags in TWiki topics without a problem. This is useful where you want to add some content that is formatted in a way that is not supported using TWiki shorthand, for example, you can write <strike>deleted text</strike>
to get deleted text.
There are a few usability and technical considerations to keep in mind:
<literal>..</literal>
tags around blocks of HTML to avoid accidental interpretation of TWiki shorthand within the HTML.
Recommendations when pasting HTML from other sources (using the plain-text editor):
<body>
and </body>
tags.
<p />
paragraph tags on empty lines, which causes problems if done between HTML tags that do not allow paragraph tags, like for example between table tags.
<...>
- of a HTML tag are on the same line, or the tag will be broken.
When using a WYSIWYG editor, you can just copy-paste directly into the editor, and the content will be converted to TWiki shorthand automatically when you save.
It is also possible to add Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and JavaScript code to TWiki pages, which can be used to make TWiki application more interactive. To prevent TWiki from interpreting some text as markup, it can be enclosed in HTML-escaped <pre>-tags.
JavaScript Example: | CSS Example: |
---|---|
<!-- <pre> --> <script language="javascript"> <!-- // put your JavaScript code here //--> </script> <!-- </pre> --> |
<!-- <pre> --> <style type="text/css"> /* put your CSS code here */ </style> <!-- </pre> --> |
Being able to create links without any special formatting is a core TWiki feature, made possible with WikiWords and inline URLs.
http://...
, https://...
, ftp://...
, gopher://...
, news://...
, file://...
, telnet://...
and mailto:...@...
are linked automatically.
[[URL][label]]
to get an external link with a descriptive text for the link, such as [[http://google.com/][Google home page]]
to get Google home page.
name@domain.com
are linked automatically.
TWiki Variables are names enclosed in percent signs that are that are expanded to some other text when the topic is displayed. For example, %TOPIC%
is expanded to TWikiVariablesQuickStart. Some variables can take arguments in curly braces - for example, %INCLUDE{"OtherTopic" ARG="arg"}%
.
Many TWiki variables are built-in, and others are predefined for your convenience. TWikiVariables describes how you can also define your own TWiki Variables at the entire site, individual web, or individual topic level. Variables are fully expanded before any of the TWiki text formatting rules are applied.
Commonly used variables:
%TOC%
: Automatically generates a table of contents based on headings in a topic - see the top of this page for an example.
%WEB%
: The current web, is TWiki.
%TOPIC%
: The current topic name, is TWikiVariablesQuickStart.
%ATTACHURL%
: The attachment URL of the current topic. Example usage: If you attach a file to a topic you can refer to it as %ATTACHURL%/image.gif
to show the URL of the file or the image in your text.
%INCLUDE{"SomeTopic"}%
: Server side include, includes another topic. The current web is the default web. Example: %INCLUDE{"TWiki.SiteMap"}%
%SEARCH{"sushi"}%
: Inline search showing the search result embedded in a topic. FormattedSearch gives you control over formatting, used to create web-based applications.
%ICON{"help"}%
, %ICON{"tip"}%
, and %ICON{"warning"}%
to get:
To "escape" a variable, prefix it with an exclamation mark. Write:
!%SOMEVARIABLE%
to get: %SOMEVARIABLE%.
Plugins can extend the functionality of TWiki into many other areas. There are a huge number of TWiki plugins available from the Plugins web on TWiki.org.
Currently enabled plugins on this TWiki installation, as listed by %PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
:
"$SUM( $ABOVE() )"
to TWiki tables or anywhere in topic text ExternalSite:Page
to link to a page on an external site based on aliases defined in a rules topic :-)
for :eek:
for Check on current Plugin status and settings for this site in TWikiPreferences.
TWiki formatting rules are fairly simple to use and quick to type. However, there are some things to watch out for, taken from the TextFormattingFAQ:
<filename>
is not displayed. How can I show it as it is? '<'
and '>'
characters have a special meaning in HTML, they define HTML tags. You need to escape them, so write '<'
instead of '<'
, and '>'
instead of '>'
. 'prog <filename>'
to get 'prog <filename>'
.
'&'
character sometimes not displayed? '&'
character has a special meaning in HTML, it starts a so called character entity, i.e. '©'
is the ©
copyright character. You need to escape '&'
to see it as it is, so write '&'
instead of '&'
. 'This & that'
to get 'This & that'
.
Related topics: WikiSyntax, WikiWord, WikiNotation, TextFormattingRules, TWikiEditingShorthand, TWikiRenderingShortcut, TWikiShorthand, TWikiVariablesQuickStart
Special text strings expand on the fly to display user data or system info
TWikiVariables are text strings - %VARIABLE%
or %VARIABLE{ parameter="value" }%
- that expand into content whenever a topic is rendered for viewing. There are two types of variables:
%CALC{}%
variable)
To use a variable type its name. For example,
%T%
to get %TOPIC%
to get TWikiVariables
(a predefined variable)
%CALC{ "$UPPER(Text)" }%
to get TEXT
(a variable defined by a plugin)
Note:
!%TOPIC%
to get %TOPIC%
%ALLVARIABLES%
to get a full listing of all variables defined for a particular topic
Variable names must start with a letter. The following characters can be letters, numbers and the underscore '_'. You can use both upper-case and lower-case letters and you can mix the characteres. E.g. %MYVAR%
, %MyVar%
, %My2ndVar%
, and %My_Var%
are all valid variable names. Variables are case sensitive. %MyVAR%
and %MYVAR%
are not the same variable.
By convention all settings, predefined variables and variables used by plugins are always UPPER-CASE.
Unlike predefined variables, preferences variables can be defined by the user in various places.
You can set variables in all the following places:
Settings at higher-numbered levels override settings of the same variable at lower numbered levels, unless the variable was included in the setting of FINALPREFERENCES at a lower-numbered level, in which case it is locked at the value it has at that level.
If you are setting a variable and using it in the same topic, note that TWiki reads all the variable settings from the saved version of the topic before it displays anything. This means you can use a variable anywhere in the topic, even if you set it somewhere inconspicuous near the end. But beware: it also means that if you change the setting of a variable you are using in the same topic, preview
will show the wrong thing, and you must save
the topic to see it correctly.
The syntax for setting variables is the same anywhere in TWiki (on its own TWiki bullet line, including nested bullets):
[multiple of 3 spaces] * [space] Set [space] VARIABLENAME [space] = [space] value
Examples:
* Set VARIABLENAME1 = value * Set VARIABLENAME2 = value
Spaces between the = sign and the value will be ignored. You can split a value over several lines by indenting following lines with spaces - as long as you don't try to use * as the first character on the following line.
Example:
* Set VARIABLENAME = value starts here and continues here
Whatever you include in your variable will be expanded on display, exactly as if it had been entered directly.
Example: Create a custom logo variable
%MYLOGO%
, define the Variable on the web's WebPreferences topic, and upload a logo file, ex: mylogo.gif
. You can upload by attaching the file to WebPreferences, or, to avoid clutter, to any other topic in the same web, e.g. LogoTopic
. Sample variable setting in WebPreferences:
* Set MYLOGO = %PUBURL%/%WEB%/LogoTopic/mylogo.gif
You can also set preferences variables on a topic by clicking the link Edit topic preference settings
under More topic actions
. Use the same * Set VARIABLENAME = value
syntax. Preferences set in this manner are not visible in the topic text, but take effect nevertheless.
It is possible to pass parameters to TWiki variables. This is called a macro in a programming language.
To define a parameterized variable, set a variable that contains other variables, such as:
* Set EXAMPLE = Example variable using %DEFAULT%, %PARAM1% and %PARAM2% * Set DEMO = Demo using %DEFAULT{ default="(undefined)" }%, %PARAM1{ default="(undefined)" }% and %PARAM2{ default="(undefined)" }%
A special %DEFAULT%
variable denotes the default (nameless) parameter of the calling variable. Variables optionally may list a default="..."
parameter that gets used in case the calling variable does not specify that parameter.
To use a parameterized variable (or call a macro), add parameters within the curly brackets, such as:
* %EXAMPLE{ "foo" PARAM1="bar" PARAM2="baz" }% * %DEMO{ "demo" PARAM2="parameter 2" }% -- note that PARAM1 is missingwhich resolves to:
Parameters in the variable definition are expanded using the following sequence:
%PARAM1%
gets expanded to bar
.
Define variables:
* Set DRINK = red wine * Set FAVORITE = My %DEFAULT{default="favorite"}% dish is %DISH{default="steak"}%, my %DEFAULT{default="favorite"}% drink is %DRINK%.
%DISH{default="steak"}%
), or as a preferences setting (Set DRINK = ...
).
Use Variables:
%FAVORITE{ DISH="Sushi" DRINK="Sake" }%Returns:
%FAVORITE{}%Returns:
%FAVORITE{ "preferred" }%Returns:
These are special types of preferences variables to control access to content. TWikiAccessControl explains these security settings in detail.
Certain topics (a users home topic, web site and default preferences topics) have a problem; variables defined in those topics can have two meanings. For example, consider a user topic. A user may want to use a double-height edit box when they are editing their home topic - but only when editing their home topic. The rest of the time, they want to have a normal edit box. This separation is achieved using Local
in place of Set
in the variable definition. For example, if the user sets the following in their home topic:
* Set EDITBOXHEIGHT = 10 * Local EDITBOXHEIGHT = 20Then when they are editing any other topic, they will get a 10 high edit box. However when they are editing their home topic, they will get a 20 high edit box.
Local
can be used wherever a preference needs to take a different value depending on where the current operation is being performed.
Use this powerful feature with great care! %ALLVARIABLES%
can be used to get a listing of the values of all variables in their evaluation order, so you can see variable scope if you get confused.
The following preferences variables are frequently used. They are defined in TWikiPreferences#Miscellaneous_Settings:
%BB%
- line break and bullet combined
%BB2%
- level 2 bullet with line break
%BB3%
- level 3 bullet with line break
%BB4%
- level 4 bullet with line break
%BR%
- line break
%BULLET%
- bullet sign
%CARET%
- caret symbol
%VBAR%
- vertical bar
%H%
- %I%
- %M%
- %N%
- %P%
- %Q%
- %S%
- %T%
- %U%
- %X%
- %Y%
- %RED% text %ENDCOLOR%
- colored text (also %YELLOW%
, %ORANGE%
, %PINK%
, %PURPLE%
, %TEAL%
, %NAVY%
, %BLUE%
, %AQUA%
, %LIME%
, %GREEN%
, %OLIVE%
, %MAROON%
, %BROWN%
, %BLACK%
, %GRAY%
, %SILVER%
, %WHITE%
)
%REDBG% text %ENDBG%
- colored background (also %YELLOWBG%
, %ORANGEBG%
, %PINKBG%
, %PURPLEBG%
, %TEALBG%
, %NAVYBG%
, %BLUEBG%
, %AQUABG%
, %LIMEBG%
, %GREENBG%
, %OLIVEBG%
, %MAROONBG%
, %BROWNBG%
, %BLACKBG%
, %GRAYBG%
, %SILVERBG%
, %WHITEBG%
)
There are additional useful preferences variables defined in TWikiPreferences, in Main.TWikiPreferences, and in WebPreferences of every web.
Most predefined variables return values that were either set in the configuration when TWiki was installed, or taken from server info (such as current username, or date and time). Some, like %SEARCH%
, are powerful and general tools.
%INCLUDINGTOPIC%
, %INCLUDE%
, and the mighty %SEARCH%
.
This TWiki: - TWiki-6.1.0, Mon, 16 Jul 2018, build 30610
%ACTIVATEDPLUGINS%
%ADDTOHEAD{}%
expands in-place to an empty string, unless there is an error in which case the variable expands to an error string.
%ADDTOHEAD{ "..." text="..." }%
Parameter: | Description: | Comment: |
---|---|---|
"..." | ID of the head block, such as "MY_CSS" | Optional but recommended |
text="..." | HTML text to add to the head section | Mutually exclusive with topic="" |
topic="Web.TopicName" | Name of topic that contains the full HTML text to add to the head section, such as topic="Main.MyCssTopic" | Mutually exclusive with text="" |
requires="..., ..." | Comma-separated list of other IDs this one depends on | Optional |
%ADDTOHEAD{ "MYBOX_CSS" text="<style type=\"text/css\"> .myBox { height: 22px; background-color: #AFB3C5; } </style>" }%
%ALLVARIABLES%
AQUA
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%AQUA% aqua text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%ATTACHURL%
https://wiki.ivoa.net/internal/TWiki/VarATTACHURL
%ATTACHURL%/image.gif
%ATTACHURLPATH%
/internal/TWiki/VarATTACHURLPATH
%AUTHREALM%
%TOPIC%
if there is no INCLUDE
%BASETOPIC%
%WEB%
in case there is no include.
%BASEWEB%
%BASEWEB{format="..."}%
-- see WEB for format documentation
%BB%
%BB2%
%BB3%
%BB4%
BLACK
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%BLACK% black text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
BLUE
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%BLUE% blue text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%BR%
BROWN
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%BROWN% brown text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
| %BULLET% One %BB% Two %BB% Three |
%BULLET%
%CALC{"formula"}%
variable is handled by the SpreadSheetPlugin. There are around 80 formulae, such as $ABS()
, $EXACT()
, $EXISTS()
, $GET()/$SET()
, $IF()
, $LOG()
, $LOWER()
, $PERCENTILE()
, $TIME()
, $VALUE()
.
%CALC{"formula"}%
%CALC{"$SUM($ABOVE())"}%
returns the sum of all cells above the current cell
%CALC{"$EXISTS(Web.SomeTopic)"}%
returns 1
if the topic exists
%CALC{"$UPPER(Collaboration)"}%
returns COLLABORATION
%CARET%
%COMMENT%
without parameters shows a simple text box.
%COMMENT{}%
can handle the following parameters: Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
type | This is the name of the template to use for this comment. Comment templates are defined in a TWiki template - see customization. If this attribute is not defined, the type is whatever is defined by COMMENTPLUGIN_DEFAULT_TYPE, either in this topic or in your WebPreferences. | "below" |
default | Default text to put into the textarea of the prompt. | |
target | Name of the topic to add the comment to | the current topic |
location | Regular expression specifying the comment location in the target topic. Read carefully the CommentPlugin documentation! | |
mode | For compatibility with older versions only, synonymous with type | |
nonotify | Set to "on" to disable change notification for target topics | "off" |
noform | Set to "on" to disable the automatic form that encloses your comment block - remember to insert <form> tags yourself! See CommentPluginExamples#noform for an example. | "off" |
nopost | Set to "on" to disable insertion of the posted text into the topic. | "off" |
remove | Set to "on" to remove the comment prompt after the first time it is clicked. | "off" |
button | Button label text | "Add comment" |
%DATE%
2025-03-13
$year-$mo-$day
%DISPLAYTIME%
2025-03-13 - 03:48
$year-$mo-$day
. The time is shown as hh:mm (24 hour clock)
$year-$mo-$day
. Same format qualifiers as %GMTIME%
%DISPLAYTIME{"format"}%
$seconds
, $minutes
, $hours
, $day
, $wday
, $dow
, $month
, $mo
, $year
, $ye
, $tz
, $iso
, $rcs
, $http
, $epoch
%DISPLAYTIME{"$hou:$min"}%
expands to 03:48
text
, then hide the form. If EDITACTION is defined as form
hide the normal text area and only edit the form.
;action=text
or ;action=form
to the URL for the edit script. If you have defined EDITACTION in a topic setting or preference setting you can still edit the topic content or the form by removing the ;action=form
or ;action=text
from the edit URL in the browser and reload.
%EDITTABLE{}%
variable is handled by the EditTablePlugin
%EDITTABLE{ attributes }%
Attribute | Comment | Default |
---|---|---|
header | Specify the header format of a new table like "|*Food*|*Drink*|" . Useful to start a table with only a button | (no header) |
format | The format of one column when editing the table. A cell can be a text input field, or any of these edit field types: • Text input field (1 line): | text, <size>, <initial value> | • Textarea input field: | textarea, <rows>x<columns>, <initial value> | • Drop down box: | select, <size>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc* | * only one item can be selected • Radio buttons: | radio, <size*>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc | * size indicates the number of buttons per line in edit mode • Checkboxes: | checkbox, <size*>, <option 1>, <option 2>, etc | * size indicates the number of checkboxes per line in edit mode • Fixed label: | label, 0, <label text> | • Row number: | row, <offset> | • Date: | date, <size>, <initial value>, <DHTML date format*> | * see Date Field Type | "text, 16" for all cells |
changerows | Rows can be added and removed if "on" Rows can be added but not removed if "add" Rows cannot be added or removed if "off" | CHANGEROWS plugin setting |
quietsave | Quiet Save button is shown if "on" , hidden if "off" | QUIETSAVE plugin setting |
include | Other topic defining the EDITTABLE parameters. The first %EDITTABLE% in the topic is used. This is useful if you have many topics with the same table format and you want to update the format in one place. | (none) |
helptopic | Topic name containing help text shown below the table when editing a table. The %STARTINCLUDE% and %STOPINCLUDE% variables can be used in the topic to specify what is shown. | (no help text) |
headerislabel | Table header cells are read-only (labels) if "on" ; header cells can be edited if "off" or "0" | "on" |
editbutton | Set edit button text, e.g. "Edit this table" ; set button image with alt text, e.g. "Edit table, %PUBURL%/%SYSTEMWEB%/TWikiDocGraphics/edittopic.gif" ; hide edit button at the end of the table with "hide" (Note: Button is automatically hidden if an edit button is present in a cell) | EDITBUTTON plugin setting |
buttonrow | Set to top to put the edit buttons above the table. | bottom |
javascriptinterface | Use javascript to directly move and delete row without page refresh. Enable with "on" , disable with "off" . | JAVASCRIPTINTERFACE plugin setting |
%EDITTABLE{ format="| text, 20 | select, 1, one, two, three |" changerows="on" }%
| *Name* | *Type* |
| Foo | two |
"\n"
) and linefeed ("\r"
)
"<"
, ">"
, "&"
, single quote ('
) and double quote ("
)
"%"
, "["
, "]"
, "@"
, "_"
, "*"
, "="
and "|"
%ENCODE{"string"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"string" | String to encode | required (can be empty) |
type="url" | Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 | (this is the default) |
type="quotes" | Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters. This type does not protect against cross-site scripting. | type="url" |
type="moderate" | Encode special characters into HTML entities for moderate cross-site scripting protection: "<" , ">" , single quote (' ) and double quote (" ) are encoded. Useful to allow TWiki variables in comment boxes. | type="url" |
type="safe" | Encode special characters into HTML entities for cross-site scripting protection: "<" , ">" , "%" , single quote (' ) and double quote (" ) are encoded. | type="url" |
type="entity" | Encode special characters into HTML entities, like a double quote into " . Does not encode newline (\n ) or linefeed (\r ). | type="url" |
type="html" | Encode special characters into HTML entities. In addition to type="entity" , it also encodes space, \n and \r . Useful to encode text properly in HTML input fields. | type="url" |
%ENCODE{"spaced name"}%
expands to spaced%20name
"html"
.<input type="text" name="address" value="%ENCODE{ "any text" type="html" }%" />
%SEARCH{ "%ENCODE{ "string with "quotes"" type="quotes" }%" noheader="on" }%
type="moderate"
, type="safe"
or type="entity"
to protect user input from URL parameters and external sources against cross-site scripting (XSS). type="entity"
is the safest mode, but some TWiki applications might not work. type="safe"
provides a safe middle ground, type="moderate"
provides only moderate cross-site scripting protection.
ENDBG
is a rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of background colors.
%REDBG% red background %ENDBG%
%<color>BG%
section must end with %ENDBG%
. If you want to switch from one background color to another one you first need to end the active background color with %ENDBG%
, such as %REDBG% some text %ENDBG% %GREENBG% more text %ENDBG%
.
ENDCOLOR
is a rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%RED% red text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%ENDSECTION{"name"}%
%ENDSECTION{type="include"}%
%ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
%ENDSECTION{type="expandvariables"}%
Parameter: | Description:![]() |
---|---|
type="..." | Type of the section being terminated; supported types "section" , "include" , "templateonly" , "expandvariables" |
"name" | Name of the section. |
STARTSECTION
is named, the corresponding ENDSECTION
must also be named with the same name. If the STARTSECTION
specifies a type, then the corresponding ENDSECTION
must also specify the same type. If the section is unnamed, ENDSECTION
will match with the nearest unnamed %STARTSECTION%
of the same type above it.
{AccessibleENV}
in the Security Settings/Miscellaneous section of configure
can be displayed. Any other variable will just be shown as an empty string, irrespective of its real value.
%ENV{MOD_PERL}%
displays as: not set
not set
.
%EXAMPLEVAR{}%
variable is handled by the EmptyPlugin
%EXAMPLEVAR{"text" format="..."}%
text="..."
- example text.
format="..."
- format of report.
%EXAMPLEVAR{"hello" format="| $topic: $summary |"}%
%FAILEDPLUGINS%
%FORMFIELD{"fieldname"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"fieldname" | The name of a TWiki form field | required |
topic="..." | Topic where form data is located. May be of the form Web.TopicName | Current topic |
format="..." | Format string. Variable $value expands to the field value, $title to the raw field name, $name to the field name, $attributes to the attributes, $type to the form field type, $size to the size, and $definingTopic to the form definition topic. | "$value" |
default="..." | Text shown when no value is defined for the field | "" |
alttext="..." | Text shown when field is not found in the form | "" |
newline="$br" | Convert newlines in textarea to other delimiters. Variable $br expands to <br /> tag, and $n to a newline. Other text is encoded based on encode parameter. | no conversion |
encode="html" | Encode special characters into HTML entities. If a FORMFIELD is passed into an HTML form field it should be encoded as "html" . Additional encodings available: encode="quote" , encode="moderate" , encode="safe" , encode="entity" and encode="url" . See ENCODE for details. | "" (no encoding) |
%FORMFIELD{"ProjectName" topic="Projects.SushiProject" default="(not set)" alttext="ProjectName field not found"}%
<input type="text" name="Address" value="%FORMFIELD{ "Address" encode="html" }%" />
%SET{}%
. The %SET{}%
and %GET{}%
variables are handled by the SetGetPlugin.
%GET{ "name" default="..." }%
Attribute | Comment | Default |
---|---|---|
"name" | Name of variable. | (required) |
default="..." | Text shown if variable is not found. | "" (empty string) |
%GET{"lunch"}%
returns Sushi
if the following has been previously set:%SET{ "lunch" value="Sushi" default="undecided" }%
- see more examples
%GMTIME%
2025-03-13 - 03:48
$year-$mo-$day
%GMTIME{"format"}%
Variable: | Unit: | Example |
---|---|---|
$seconds | seconds | 59 |
$minutes | minutes | 59 |
$hours | hours | 23 |
$day | day of month | 31 |
$wday | day of the Week (Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat) | Thu |
$dow | day of the week (Sun = 0) | 2 |
$week | number of week in year (ISO 8601) | 34 |
$month | short name of month | Dec |
$mo | 2 digit month | 12 |
$year | 4 digit year | 1999 |
$ye | 2 digit year | 99 |
$tz | either "GMT" (if set to gmtime), or offset such as "-0700" (if set to servertime) | GMT |
$iso | ISO format timestamp | 2025-03-13T03:48:59Z |
$rcs | RCS format timestamp | 2025/03/13 03:48:59 |
$http | E-mail & http format timestamp | Thu, 13 Mar 2025 03:48:59 GMT |
$epoch | Number of seconds since 00:00 on 1st January, 1970 | 1741837739 |
%GMTIME{"$day $month, $year - $hour:$min:$sec"}%
expands to 13 Mar, 2025 - 03:48:59
GRAY
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%GRAY% gray text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
GREEN
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%GREEN% green text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%GROUPS%
%H%
%HEADLINES{"url"}%
variable is handled by the HeadlinesPlugin.
%HEADLINES{ "http://..." }%
"..." | Source of RSS or ATOM feed; this can be a URL (starting with http) or a web.topic location for internal feeds |
refresh="60" | Refresh rate in minutes for caching feed; "0" for no caching |
limit="12" | Maximum number of items shown |
header="..." | Header. May include these variables: - $channeltitle , $title : title of channel (channel.title) - $channellink , $link : link of channel (channel.link) - $channeldescription , $description : description (channel.description) - $channeldate , $date : publication date of the channel (channel.pubDate) - $rights : copyrights of the channel (channel.copyright) - $imagetitle : title text for site (image.title) - $imagelink : link for site (image.link) - $imageurl : URL of image (image.url) - $imagedescription : description of image (image.description) |
format="..." | Format of one item. May include these variables: - $title : news item title (item.title) - $link : news item link (item.link) - $description : news item description (item.description) - $date : the publication date (item.pubDate, item.date) - $category : the article category (item.category) |
Details |
%HEADLINES{ "http://slashdot.org/slashdot.rdf" header="*[[$link][$title]]:* $description" format="$t* [[$link][$title]]" limit="4" }%
shows the latest Slashdot news in bullet list format
%HIDE{ any text }%
<!-- HTML comments -->
also hide content from the user, but unlike HIDE, HTML comments are sent to the browser.
%HOMETOPIC%
WebHome
, renders as WebHome
%HTTP%
%HTTP{"Header-name"}%
%HTTP% | |
%HTTP{"Accept-language"}% | |
%HTTP{"User-Agent"}% | Mozilla/5.0 AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko; compatible; ClaudeBot/1.0; +claudebot@anthropic.com) |
%HTTP_HOST%
wiki.ivoa.net
%HTTP%
but operates on the HTTPS environment variables present when the SSL protocol is in effect. Can be used to determine whether SSL is turned on.
%HTTPS%
%HTTPS{"Header-name"}%
%I%
%ICON{"name"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"name" | Name of icon | required |
format="..." | Format of icon. Supported variables (with ![]() %ICON{"person"}% example): • $name - name of icon (person ) • $type - type of icon (gif ) • $filename - icon filename (person.gif ) • $web - web where icon is defined (TWiki ) • $topic - topic where icon is defined (TWikiDocGraphics ) • $description - icon description (Person ) • $width - width of icon ('16') • $height - height of icon ('16') • $img - full img tag of icon (<img src="... /> ) • $info - icon tag with usage info in title • $url - URL of icon (http://example.com/pub/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/person.gif ) • $urlpath - URL path of icon (/pub/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/person.gif ) | format="$img" |
default="else" | Alternate icon if named icon is not defined | default="$name" |
%ICON{"flag-gray"}%
returns: %ICON{"pdf"}%
returns: %ICON{"smile.pdf"}%
returns: %ICON{"/home/sweet/home.pdf"}%
returns: %ICON{"http://twiki.org/doc/xhtml.xsl"}%
returns: %ICON{"bubble" format="$description icon is defined in $web.$topic"}%
returns: Speech bubble icon is defined in TWikiDocGraphics
arrowbright
, bubble
, choice-yes
, hand
bmp
, doc
, gif
, hlp
, html
, mp3
, pdf
, ppt
, txt
, xls
, xml
, zip
%ICON{"name"}%
generates the full HTML img tag. Specify image name or full filename (see ICON for details on filenames.)
%ICONURL{"name"}%
%ICONURL{"arrowbright"}%
returns https://wiki.ivoa.net/internal/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/arrowbright.gif
%ICONURL{"novel.pdf"}%
returns https://wiki.ivoa.net/internal/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/pdf.gif
%ICONURL{"/queen/boheme.mp3"}%
returns https://wiki.ivoa.net/internal/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/wav.gif
%ICONURLPATH{"name"}%
%ICONURLPATH{"locktopic"}%
returns /internal/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/locktopic.gif
%ICONURLPATH{"eggysmell.xml"}%
returns /internal/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/xml.gif
%ICONURLPATH{"/doc/xhtml.xsl"}%
returns /internal/TWiki/TWikiDocGraphics/xsl.gif
%IF{"CONDITION" then="THEN" else="ELSE"}%
shows "THEN"
if "CONDITION"
evaluates to TRUE
, otherwise "ELSE"
will be shown
%IF{"defined FUNFACTOR" then="FUNFACTOR is defined" else="FUNFACTOR is not defined"}%
renders as FUNFACTOR is not defined
%INCLUDE{"page" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"SomeTopic" | The name of a topic located in the current web, i.e. %INCLUDE{"WebNotify"}% | |
"Web.Topic" | A topic in another web, i.e. %INCLUDE{"TWiki.SiteMap"}% | |
"http://..." | A full qualified URL, i.e. %INCLUDE{"http://twiki.org:80/index.html"}% . Supported content types are text/html and text/plain . ![]() | |
pattern="..." | Include a subset of a topic or a web page. Specify a RegularExpression that scans from start ('^' ) to end and contains the text you want to keep in parenthesis, e.g., pattern="^.*?(from here.*?to here).*" . IncludeTopicsAndWebPages has more. | none |
headingoffset="2" | Adjust the level of headings in the included topic. A "2" or "+2" increases the level by two, e.g. a ---+ H1 turns into a ---+++ H3. Positive and negative values are supported. Adjusted min and max levels are H1 and H6, respectively. | no adjustment |
hidetoc="on" | Remove %TOC% in included content. Useful to show table of contents in individual topics, while suppressing them if included in a big master document. | TOC_HIDE_IF_ setting |
rev="2" | Include a previous topic revision; N/A for URLs | top revision |
raw="on" | When a page is included, normally TWiki will process it, doing the following: 1) Alter relative links to point back to originating host, 2) Remove some basic HTML tags (html, head, body, script) and finally 3) Remove newlines from HTML tags spanning multiple lines. If you prefer to include exactly what is in the source of the originating page set this to on . raw="on" is short for disableremoveheaders="on" , disableremovescript="on" , disableremovebody="on" , disablecompresstags="on" and disablerewriteurls="on" . | disabled |
literal="on" | While using the raw option will indeed include the raw content, the included content will still be processed and rendered like regular topic content. To disable parsing of the included content, set the literal option to "on" . | disabled |
disableremoveheaders="on" | Bypass stripping headers from included HTML (everything until first </head> tag) | disabled |
disableremovescript="on" | Bypass stripping all <script> tags from included HTML | disabled |
disableremovebody="on" | Bypass stripping the </body> tag and everything around over and below it | disabled |
disablecompresstags="on" | Bypass replacing newlines in HTML tags with spaces. This compression step rewrites unmatched <'s into < entities unless bypassed | disabled |
disablerewriteurls="on" | Bypass rewriting relative URLs into absolute ones | disabled |
warn="off" | Warn if topic include fails: Fail silently (if off ); output default warning (if set to on ); else, output specific text (use $topic for topic name) | %INCLUDEWARNING% preferences setting |
section="name" | Includes only the specified named section, as defined in the included topic by the STARTSECTION and ENDSECTION variables. Nothing is shown if the named section does not exists. section="" is equivalent to not specifying a section | |
PARAMONE="val 1" | Any other parameter will be defined as a variable within the scope of the included topic. The example parameters on the left will result in %PARAMONE% and %PARAMTWO% being defined within the included topic. A default value for a variable can be specified in the included topic in case the corresponding parameter is not specified, such as %PARAMONE{ default="..." }% |
%INCLUDE{"http://www.google.com/"}%
is turned off by default. To turn this on, ask your TWiki administrator to enable the {INCLUDE}{AllowURLs}
flag in the Security setup section of configure.
raw
or disableremovescript
parameter.
%TOPIC%
in case there is no include
%INCLUDINGTOPIC%
%WEB%
if there is no INCLUDE.
%INCLUDINGWEB%
%INCLUDINGWEB{format="..."}%
-- see WEB for format documentation
%JQTABPANE% %JQTAB{"Tab 1}% ... %JQENDTAB% %JQTAB{"Tab 2}% ... %JQENDTAB% ... %JQENDTABPANE%
%JQTABPANE% %JQTAB{"Tab 1}% ... %JQENDTAB% %JQTAB{"Tab 2}% ... %JQENDTAB% ... %JQENDTABPANE%
%JQTABPANE% %JQTAB{"Tab 1}% ... %JQENDTAB% %JQTAB{"Tab 2}% ... %JQENDTAB% ... %JQENDTABPANE%
Parameter: | Description: | Comment: |
---|---|---|
"..." | Name of tab, shown as tab label | Required, no default |
%JQTAB{"..."}%
and %JQENDTAB%
pairs, and enclose them in %JQTABPANE%
and %JQENDTABPANE%
. Tab panes can be nested, e.g. within one tab you can add another tab pane. These variable are handled by the JQueryPlugin.
%JQTABPANE% %JQTAB{"Tab 1}% ... %JQENDTAB% %JQTAB{"Tab 2}% ... %JQENDTAB% ... %JQENDTABPANE%
%JQTABPANE%
%JQTAB{"Tab 1"}%
Tab 1 content...
%JQENDTAB%
%JQTAB{"Tab 2"}%
Tab 2 content...
%JQENDTAB%
%JQENDTABPANE%
LANGUAGE
preference is set, it's used as user's language instead of any language detected from the browser.
LANGUAGE
at a non per-user way, so each user can choose his/her preferred language.
PO
files) to TWiki. Those are the languages in which TWiki's user interface is available.
%LANGUAGES{...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
format | format for each item. See below for variables available in the format string. | " * $langname" |
separator | separator between items. | "\n" (newline) |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="%LANGUAGE%" | Current language to be selected in list | (none) |
format
variables: Variable | Meaning |
---|---|
$langname | language's name, as informed by the translators |
$langtag | language's tag. Ex: en , pt-br , etc. |
<select>%LANGUAGES{format="<option $marker value='$langtag'>$langname</option>" selection="%LANGUAGE%"}%</select>
creates an option list of the available languages with the current language selected
LIME
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%LIME% lime text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%LOCALSITEPREFS%
Main.TWikiPreferences
, renders as TWikiPreferences
%LOGIN%
%LOGINURL%
/twiki/bin/login/TWiki/TWikiDocumentation?origurl=/twiki/bin/view/TWiki/TWikiDocumentation%3fsortcol%3d1%26table%3d16%26up%3d1
%LOGOUT%
%LOGOUTURL%
/twiki/bin/view/TWiki/TWikiDocumentation?logout=1
%M%
%MAKETEXT{"string" args="..."}%
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
"text" or string="text" | The text to be displayed. | none |
args="param1, param2" | a comma-separated list of arguments to be interpolated in the string, replacing the [_N] placeholders in it. | none |
%MAKETEXT{string="Notes:"}%
%MAKETEXT{"If you have any questions, please contact [_1]." args="%WIKIWEBMASTER%"}%
%MAKETEXT{"Did you want to [[[_1]][reset [_2]'s password]]?" args="%SYSTEMWEB%.ResetPassword,%WIKIUSERNAME%"}%
string
to the current user's language only if it has such string in its translation table for that language.
&
) followed by one letter (one of a...z
, A...Z
-- say, X
) in the translatable string will be translated to <span class='twikiAccessKey'>X</span>
. This is used to implement access keys. If you want to write an actual amperstand that stays just before a letter, write two consecutive amperstands (&&
): they will be transformed in just one.
_
) are reserved. You must not use translatable phrases starting with an underscore.
%VARIABLES%
inside the translatable strings (since they will get expanded before the %MAKETEXT{...}%
itself is handled).
MAROON
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%MAROON% maroon text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
formfield
item is the most likely to be useful to casual users.
%META{ "item" ...}%
Item | Options | Description |
---|---|---|
"formfield" | name="..." : name of the field. The field value can be shortened as described in FormattedSearch for $formfield . newline="..." : by default, each newline character will be rewritten to <br /> to allow metadata that contains newlines to be used in tables, etc. $n indicates a newline character.bar="..." : by default, each vertical bar is rewritten to an HTML entity so as to not be mistaken for a table separator.topic="..." : Get meta info of "Topic" or "Web.Topic"; default "%BASEWEB%.%BASETOPIC%" . | Show a single form field |
"form" | topic="..." : Get meta info of "Topic" or "Web.Topic"; default "%BASEWEB%.%BASETOPIC%" . | Generates the table showing the form fields. See Form Templates |
"attachments" | all="on" to show hidden attachments.title="..." to show a title - only if attachments are displayed.template="..." to use a custom template for the rendering of attachments; default attachtables is used.topic="..." : Get meta info of "Topic" or "Web.Topic"; default "%BASEWEB%.%BASETOPIC%" . | Generates the list of attachments |
"moved" | topic="..." : Get meta info of "Topic" or "Web.Topic"; default "%BASEWEB%.%BASETOPIC%" . | Details of any topic moves |
"parent" | dontrecurse="on" : By default recurses up tree, this has some cost.nowebhome="on" : Suppress WebHome. prefix="..." : Prefix that goes before parents, but only if there are parents, default "" . format="..." : Format string used to display each parent topic where $web expands to the web name, and $topic expands to the topic name; default: "[[$web.$topic][$topic]]" suffix="..." : Suffix, only appears if there are parents; default "" . separator="..." : Separator between parents; default " > " . topic="..." : Get meta info of "Topic" or "Web.Topic"; default "%BASEWEB%.%BASETOPIC%" . | Generates the parent link |
%META{}%
is placed in an included topic. Add a topic="%WEB%.%TOPIC%"
parameter if you need meta info of the current topic.
newline
, prefix
, format
, suffix
and separator
options, such as separator="$n * "
%METASEARCH{...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
type="topicmoved" | What sort of search is required? "topicmoved" if search for a topic that may have been moved "parent" if searching for topics that have a specific parent i.e. its children "field" if searching for topics that have a particular form field value (use the name and value parameters to specify which field to search) | Required |
web="%WEB%" | Wiki web to search: A web, a list of webs separated by whitespace, or all webs. | Current web |
topic="%TOPIC%" | The topic the search relates to, for topicmoved and parent searches | All topics in a web |
name | form field to search, for field type searches. May be a regular expression (see SEARCH). | |
value | form field value, for field type searches. May be a regular expression (see SEARCH). | |
title="Title" | Text that is prefixed to any search results | empty |
format="..." | Custom format results. Supports same format strings as SEARCH. See FormattedSearch for usage, variables & examples | Results in table |
default="none" | Default text shown if no search hit | Empty |
%METASEARCH{type="topicmoved" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="This topic used to exist and was moved to: "}%
%METASEARCH{type="parent" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="Children: "}%
%METASEARCH{type="field" name="Country" value="China"}%
%N%
NAVY
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%NAVY% navy text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%NOP%
%NOP{...}%
deprecated %STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
.. %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
instead (see TWikiTemplates for more details).
%NOTIFYTOPIC%
WebNotify
, renders as WebNotify
OLIVE
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%OLIVE% olive text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
ORANGE
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%ORANGE% orange text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%P%
%PARENTTOPIC%
or %PARENTTOPIC{ format="..." topic="..." }%
TWikiVariables
, renders as TWikiVariables
Item | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
format="..." | Format string used to display parent topic, where $web expands to the web name, and $topic expands to the topic name. Additional formatting tokens can be used. | "$topic" (topic name) |
topic="..." | Get parent of "Topic" or "Web.Topic" | "%WEB%.%TOPIC%" (current topic) |
PINK
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%PINK% pink text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
"$SUM( $ABOVE() )"
to TWiki tables or anywhere in topic text ExternalSite:Page
to link to a page on an external site based on aliases defined in a rules topic :-)
for :eek:
for %PLUGINVERSION{"name"}%
to get the version of a specific plugin
%PLUGINVERSION{"InterwikiPlugin"}%
expands to $Rev: 30454 (2018-07-16) $
%PLUGINVERSION%
to get the version of the API
6.10
%PUBURL%
https://wiki.ivoa.net/internal
%PUBURL%/%WEB%/OtherTopic/image.gif
%PUBURLPATH%
/internal
PURPLE
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%PURPLE% purple text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%Q%
%QUERYPARAMS{...}%
format="..."
format string for each entry, default $name=$value
separator="..."
separator string, default separator="$n"
(newline)
encode="..."
the encoding to apply to parameter values; see ENCODE for a description of the available encodings. If this parameter is not given, no encoding is performed.
Sequence: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$name | Name of the parameter |
$value | String value of the parameter. Multi-valued parameters will have a "row" for each value. |
$n or $n() | New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() | Is a "no operation". This variable gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot or \" | Double quote (" ) |
$percnt | Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar | Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt | Less than sign (< ) |
$gt | Greater than sign (> ) |
%QUERYPARAMS{format="<input type='hidden' name='$name' value='$value' encoding="html" />"}%
%QUERYPARAMS%
.
%QUERYSTRING%
sortcol=1;table=16;up=1
RED
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%RED% red text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
REDBG
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of background colors.
%REDBG% red background %ENDBG%
%REDBG%
area must end with %ENDBG%
.
%REDIRECT{}%
variable is handled by the RedirectPlugin.
%REDIRECT{"TopicName"}%
%REDIRECT{"ExampleTopic"}%
redirects to the ExampleTopic topic
%REDIRECT{"OtherWeb.ExampleTopic"}%
redirects to the OtherWeb.ExampleTopic topic
%REDIRECT{"http://twiki.org/"}%
redirects to http://twiki.org/
%REMOTE_ADDR%
18.189.28.82
%REMOTE_PORT%
%REMOTE_USER%
%RENDERLIST%
variable is handled by the RenderListPlugin
%RENDERLIST%
%RENDERLIST{ "org" focus="Sales.WestCoastTeam" }%
%RENDERLIST{ "org" }%
* [[Eng.WebHome][Engineering]]
* [[Eng.TechPubs][Tech Pubs]]
* [[Sales.WestCoastTeam][Sales]]
* [[Sales.EastCoastTeam][East Coast]]
* [[Sales.WestCoastTeam][West Coast]]
%REVINFO%
r3 - 2010-12-29 - 23:23:37 - TWikiContributor
$year-$mo-$day
%REVINFO{"format"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"format" | Format of revision information, see supported variables below | "r1.$rev - $date - $wikiusername" |
web="..." | Name of web | Current web |
topic="..." | Topic name | Current topic |
rev="5" | Specific revison number. Old RCS format "1.5" is also supported. | Latest revision |
Variable: | Unit: | Example |
---|---|---|
$web | Name of web | Current web |
$topic | Topic name | Current topic |
$rev | Revison number. Add prefix r to get the usual r5 format | 5 |
$username | Login username of revision | jsmith |
$wikiname | WikiName of revision | JohnSmith |
$wikiusername | WikiName with Main web prefix | Main.JohnSmith |
$date | Revision date. Actual date format defined as {DefaultDateFormat} in configure, default $year-$mo-$day | 2010-12-31 |
$time | Revision time | 23:24:25 |
$iso | Revision date in ISO date format | 2006-09-22T06:24:25Z |
$min , $sec , etc. | Same date format qualifiers as GMTIME{"format"} |
%REVINFO{"$date - $wikiusername" rev="1.1"}%
returns revision info of first revision
%S%
viewauth.cgi
)
%SCRIPTNAME%
view
.pl
or .cgi
%SCRIPTSUFFIX%
%SCRIPTURL%
https://wiki.ivoa.net/twiki/bin
edit
script should always be used in conjunction with ?t=%GMTIME{"$epoch"}%
to ensure pages about to be edited are not cached in the browser
%SCRIPTURL{"script"}%
https://wiki.ivoa.net/twiki/bin/script
%SCRIPTURL{"viewauth"}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%
which expands to https://wiki.ivoa.net/twiki/bin/viewauth/TWiki/TWikiVariables
[[%SCRIPTURL{view}%/%WEB%/MyQuery?food=sushi][Sushi]]
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"}%
instead, as it works with URL rewriting much better
%SCRIPTURL%
, but doesn't include the protocol and host part of the URL
%SCRIPTURLPATH%
/twiki/bin
edit
script should always be used in conjunction with ?t=%GMTIME{"$epoch"}%
to ensure pages about to be edited are not cached in the browser
%SCRIPTURL{"script"}%
, but doesn't include the protocol and host part of the URL
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"script"}%
/twiki/bin/script
%SEARCH{"text" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"text" | Search term. Is a keyword search, literal search, regular expression search, or query, depending on the type parameter. SearchHelp has more | required |
search="text" | (Alternative to above) | N/A |
web="Name" web="Main, Know" web="all" | Comma-separated list of webs to search. You can specifically exclude webs from an all search using a minus sign - for example, web="all,-Secretweb" . The special word all means all webs that do not have the NOSEARCHALL variable set to on in their WebPreferences. Note that TWikiAccessControls are respected when searching webs; it is much better to use them than NOSEARCHALL . | Current web |
topic="WebPreferences" topic="*Bug" | Limit search to topics: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. Note this is a list of topic names and must not include web names. | All topics in a web |
excludetopic="Web*" excludetopic="WebHome, WebChanges" | Exclude topics from search: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. Note this is a list of topic names and must not include web names. | None |
scope="topic" scope="text" scope="all" | Search topic name (title); the text (body) of topic; or all (title and body) | "text" |
type="keyword" type="word" type="literal" type="regex" type="query" | Control how the search is performed when scope="text" or scope="all" keyword : use Google-like controls as in soap "web service" -shampoo ; searches word parts: using the example, topics with "soapsuds" will be found as well, but topics with "shampoos" will be excluded word : identical to keyword but searches whole words: topics with "soapsuds" will not be found, and topics with "shampoos" will not be excluded literal : search for the exact string, like web service regex : use a RegularExpression search like soap;web service;!shampoo ; to search on whole words use \bsoap\b query : query search of form fields and other meta-data, like (Firstname='Emma' OR Firstname='John') AND Lastname='Peel' | %SEARCHVAR- DEFAULTTYPE% preferences setting (literal) |
order="topic" order="created" order="modified" order="editby" order= | Sort the results of search by the topic names, topic creation time, last modified time, last editor, or named field of TWikiForms. The sorting is done web by web; if you want to sort across webs, create a formatted table and sort it with TablePlugin's initsort. Note that dates are sorted most recent date last (i.e at the bottom of the table). | Sort by topic name |
limit="all" limit="16" | Limit the number of results returned. This is done after sorting if order is specified | All results |
date="..." | limits the results to those pages with latest edit time in the given time interval. | All results |
reverse="on" | Reverse the direction of the search | Ascending search |
casesensitive="on" | Case sensitive search | Ignore case |
bookview="on" | BookView search, e.g. show complete topic text | Show topic summary |
nonoise="on" | Shorthand for nosummary="on" nosearch="on" nototal="on" zeroresults="off" noheader="on" noempty="on" | Off |
nosummary="on" | Show topic title only | Show topic summary |
nosearch="on" | Suppress search string | Show search string |
noheader="on" | Suppress default search header Topics: Changed: By: , unless a header is explicitly specified | Show default search header, unless search is inline and a format is specified (Cairo compatibility) |
nototal="on" | Do not show number of topics found | Show number |
zeroresults="off" | Suppress all output if there are no hits | zeroresults="on" , displays: "Number of topics: 0" |
noempty="on" | Suppress results for webs that have no hits. | Show webs with no hits |
headingoffset="2" | Adjust the level of headings in text of topics found, taking effect in $text and $pattern() of a FormattedSearch. A "2" or "+2" increases the level by two, e.g. a ---+ H1 turns into a ---+++ H3. Positive and negative values are supported. Adjusted min and max levels are H1 and H6, respectively. | no adjustment |
header="..." format="..." footer="..." | Custom format results: see FormattedSearch for usage, variables & examples | Results in table |
expandvariables="on" | Expand variables before applying a FormattedSearch on a search hit. Useful to show the expanded text, e.g. to show the result of a SpreadSheetPlugin %CALC{}% instead of the formula | Raw text |
multiple="on" | Multiple hits per topic. Each hit can be formatted. The last token is used in case of a regular expression ";" and search | Only one hit per topic |
nofinalnewline="on" | If on , the search variable does not end in a line by itself. Any text continuing immediately after the search variable on the same line will be rendered as part of the table generated by the search, if appropriate. | off |
recurse="on" | Recurse into subwebs, if subwebs are enabled. | off |
separator=", " | Line separator between search hits | "$n" (Newline) |
newline="%BR%" | Line separator within a search hit. Useful if you want to put multi-line content into a table cell, for example if the format="" parameter contains a $pattern() that captures more than one line, or contains a $formfield() that returns a multi-line textfield. | "$n" (Newline) |
%SEARCH{"wiki" web="Main" scope="topic"}%
%SEARCH{"FAQ" scope="topic" nosearch="on" nototal="on" header="| *Topic: * | *Summary: * |" format="| $topic | $summary |"}%
(displays results in a table with header - details)
%TABLE{}%
variable just before the %SEARCH{}%
to alter the output of a search. Example: %TABLE{ tablewidth="90%" }%
%SERVERTIME%
2025-03-13 - 04:48
$year-$mo-$day
%GMTIME%
%SERVERTIME{"format"}%
$seconds
, $minutes
, $hours
, $day
, $wday
, $dow
, $month
, $mo
, $year
, $ye
, $tz
, $iso
, $rcs
, $http
, $epoch
%SERVERTIME{"$hou:$min"}%
expands to 04:48
%SESSIONID%
%SESSIONVAR%
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name"}%
- read a session variable
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name" set="value"}%
- set a session variable
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"name" clear=""}%
- clear a session variable
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"AUTHUSER"}%
- user ID, current value:
%SESSION_VARIABLE{"SESSION_REQUEST_NUMBER"}%
- number of pages accessed by current user since login, current value:
%GET{}%
. No output is shown, e.g. %SET{}%
resolves to an empty string. The %SET{}%
and %GET{}%
variables are handled by the SetGetPlugin.
%SET{ "name" value="..." remember="1" }%
Attribute | Comment | Default |
---|---|---|
"name" | Name of variable. Alphanumeric characters, dashes and underscores can be used. | (required) |
value="..." | Value of variable. Escape double quotes with backslash. | (required, may be empty) |
remember="1" | If set, the variable will be stored persistently so that it can be used later in any TWiki topic. See important notes. | "0" |
%SET{"lunch" value="Sushi"}%
- see more examples.
%SET{}%
. The %SETGETDUMP{}%
, %SET{}%
, and %GET{}%
variables are handled by the SetGetPlugin.
%SETGETDUMP{ format="..." separator="..." }%
Attribute | Comment | Default |
---|---|---|
format="..." | Format output using variables $key and $value | "key: $key, value: $value <br />" |
separator="..." | String used for separating entries | "\n" |
%SETGETDUMP{"| $key | $value |" separator="$n"}%
- see more examples.
SILVER
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%SILVER% silver text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%SLIDESHOWEND%
variable is handled by the SlideShowPlugin
%SLIDESHOWEND%
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
variable is handled by the SlideShowPlugin
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
%SLIDESHOWSTART{ template="MyOwnSlideTemplate" }%
%SLIDESHOWSTART%
---++ Sample Slide 1
* Bullet 1
* Bullet 2
---++ Sample Slide 2
* Bullet 1
* Bullet 2
%SLIDESHOWEND%
%SPACEDTOPIC%
Var%20*SPACEDTOPIC
%ENCODE{%SPACEOUT{"%TOPIC%" separator=" *"}%}%
%SPACEOUT{ "%TOPIC%" }%
TWiki Variables
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
separator | The separator to put between words e.g. %SPACEOUT{"DogsCatsBudgies" separator=", "}% -> Dogs, Cats, Budgies | ' ' |
[[WebHome][%SPACEOUT{"WebHome"}%]]
expands to Web Home
%STOPINCLUDE%
variable. A normal view of the topic shows everything exept the %STARTINCLUDE%
variable itself.
%STARTSECTION{type="include"}%
instead
%STARTINCLUDE%
%STARTSECTION{}%
and %ENDSECTION{}%
.
type="section"
- the default, used for a generic section, such as a named section used by INCLUDE.
type="include"
- like %STARTINCLUDE%
... %STOPINCLUDE%
except that you can have as many include blocks as you want (%STARTINCLUDE%
is restricted to only one).
type="templateonly"
- start position of text to be removed when a template topic is used. Use this to embed text that you do not want expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. TWikiTemplates has more.
type="expandvariables"
- start position where TWikiVariables get expanded when a new topic is created. Normally only certain variables get expanded when a new topic based on the template topic is created. All variables get expanded within a "expandvariables"
section. TWikiTemplates has more.
%STARTSECTION{"name"}% ................... %ENDSECTION{"name"}%
%STARTSECTION{type="include"}% ........... %ENDSECTION{type="include"}%
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% ...... %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
%STARTSECTION{type="expandvariables"}% ... %ENDSECTION{type="expandvariables"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default |
---|---|---|
"name" | Name of the section. Must be unique inside a topic. | Generated name |
type="..." | Type of the section; type "section" , "include" , "templateonly" , or "expandvariables" | "section" |
_SECTION0
for the first unnamed section in the topic, _SECTION1
for the second, etc..
%STATISTICSTOPIC%
WebStatistics
, renders as WebStatistics
%STOPINCLUDE%
variable itself.
%STOPINCLUDE%
%SYSTEMWEB%
TWiki
%T%
%TABLE{}%
variable is handled by the TablePlugin
%TABLE{ attributes }%
Argument | Comment | Default value | Example |
---|---|---|---|
sort | Set table sorting by clicking headers "on" or "off" . | unspecified | sort="on" |
initsort | Column to sort initially ("1" to number of columns). | unspecified | initsort="2" |
initdirection | Initial sorting direction for initsort , set to "up" (descending) or "down" (ascending). | unspecified | initdirection="up" |
disableallsort | Disable all sorting, both initsort and header sort. This is mainly used by plugins such as the EditTablePlugin to disable sorting in a table while editing the table. | unspecified | disableallsort="on" |
headerbg | Header cell background colour. | "#6b7f93" | headerbg="#999999" |
headerbgsorted | Header cell background colour of a sorted column. | the value of headerbg | headerbgsorted="#32596c" |
headercolor | Header cell text colour. | "#ffffff" | headercolor="#0000cc" |
databg | Data cell background colour, a comma separated list. Specify "none" for no colour, that is to use the colour/background of the page the table is on. | "#edf4f9,#ffffff" | databg="#f2f2f2,#ffffff" |
databgsorted | Data cell background colour of a sorted column; see databg . | the values of databg | databgsorted="#d4e8e4,#e5f5ea" |
datacolor | Data cell text colour, a comma separated list. | unspecified | datacolor="#0000CC, #000000" |
tableborder | Table border width (pixels). | "1" | tableborder="2" |
tableframe | Table frame, set to "void" (no sides), "above" (the top side only), "below" (the bottom side only), "hsides" (the top and bottom sides only), "lhs" (the left-hand side only), "rhs" (the right-hand side only), "vsides" (the right and left sides only), "box" (all four sides), "border" (all four sides). | unspecified | tableframe="hsides" |
tablerules | Table rules, set to "none" (no rules), "groups" (rules will appear between row groups and column groups only), "rows" (rules will appear between rows only), "cols" (rules will appear between columns only), "all" (rules will appear between all rows and columns). | unspecified | tablerules="rows" |
cellpadding | Cell padding (pixels). | "0" | cellpadding="0" |
cellspacing | Cell spacing (pixels). | "0" | cellspacing="3" |
cellborder | Cell border width (pixels). | unspecified | cellborder="0" |
valign | Vertical alignment of cells and headers, set to "top" , "middle" , "bottom" or "baseline" . | unspecified | valign="top" |
headervalign | Vertical alignment of header cells; overrides valign . | unspecified | headervalign="top" |
datavalign | Vertical alignment of data cells; overrides valign . | unspecified | datavalign="top" |
headeralign | Header cell alignment, one value for all columns, or a comma separated list for different alignment of individual columns. Set to "left" , "center" , "right" or "justify" . Overrides individual cell settings. | unspecified | headeralign="left,right" |
dataalign | Data cell alignment, one value for all columns, or a comma separated list for different alignment of individual columns. Set to "left" , "center" , "right" or "justify" . Overrides individual cell settings. | unspecified | dataalign="center" |
tablewidth | Table width: Percentage of window width, or absolute pixel value. | unspecified | tablewidth="100%" |
columnwidths | Column widths: Comma delimited list of column widths, percentage or absolute pixel value. | unspecified | columnwidths="80%,20%" |
headerrows | Number of header rows to exclude from sort. (will be rendered in a HTML thead section) | "1" | headerrows="1" |
footerrows | Number of footer rows to exclude from sort. (will be rendered in a HTML tfoot section) | "0" | footerrows="1" |
id | Unique table identifier string, used for targeting a table with CSS. | tableN (where N is the table order number on the page) | id="userTable" |
summary | Table summary used by screenreaders: A summary of what the table presents. It should provide an orientation for someone who listens to the table. | unspecified | summary="List of subscribed users" |
caption | Table caption: A title that will be displayed just above the table. | unspecified | caption="Users" |
%TABLE{ tableborder="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="3" cellborder="0" }%
| *A1* | *B1* |
| A2 | B2 |
TEAL
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%TEAL% teal text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
"---++ text"
) and HTML ("<h2>text</h2>"
) are taken into account. Any heading text after "!!"
is excluded from the TOC; for example, write "---+!! text"
if you do not want to list a header in the TOC. An abbreviated heading can be shown in the TOC, such as "---++ text!! this is excluded from TOC"
.
%TOC%
"---++ text"
) and HTML ("<h2>text</h2>"
) are taken into account. Any heading text after "!!"
is excluded from the TOC; for example, write "---+!! text"
if you do not want to list a header in the TOC. An abbreviated heading can be shown in the TOC, such as "---++ text!! this is excluded from TOC"
.
%TOC{"SomeTopic" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"TopicName" | topic name | Current topic |
web="Name" | Name of web | Current web |
depth="2" | Limit depth of headings shown in TOC | 6 |
title="Some text" | Title to appear at top of TOC | none |
%TOC{depth="2"}%
%TOC{"TWikiDocumentation" web="TWiki" title="Contents:"}%
%TOPIC%
expands to the name of the topic. If you are looking at the text of an included topic, it is the name of the included topic.
%TOPIC%
TWikiVariables
, renders as TWikiVariables
$topic
variable gets expanded to the topic name, $marker
to marker
parameter where topic matches selection
, and $web
to the name of the web, or any of the standard FormatTokens.
%TOPICLIST{"format" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"format" | Format of one line, may include $web (name of web), $topic (name of the topic), $marker (which expands to marker for the item matching selection only) | "$topic" |
format="format" | (Alternative to above) | "$topic" |
separator=", " | line separator | "$n" (new line) |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="TopicA, TopicB" | Current value to be selected in list | (none) |
web="Name" | Name of web | Current web |
%TOPICLIST{" * $web.$topic"}%
creates a bullet list of all topics
%TOPICLIST{separator=", "}%
creates a comma separated list of all topics
%TOPICLIST{" <option>$topic</option>"}%
creates an option list (for drop down menus)
<select>%TOPICLIST{" <option $marker value='$topic'>$topic</option>" separator=" " selection="%TOPIC%"}%</select>
creates an option list of web topics with the current topic selected
%TOPICURL%
- shortcut for %SCRIPTURL{view}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%
%TWISTY{}%
variable is handled by the TwistyPlugin.
%TWISTY{}% ... %ENDTWISTY%
%TWISTY{}%
my twisty content
%ENDTWISTY%
%U%
%URLPARAM{"name"}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"name" | The name of a URL parameter | required |
newline="$br" | Convert newlines in textarea to other delimiters. Variables $br (for <br /> tag), $n (for newline) are expanded. Other text is encoded based on encode parameter. | no conversion |
encode="off" | Turn off encoding. See important security note below | encode="safe" |
encode="quote" | Escape double quotes with backslashes (\" ), does not change other characters; required when feeding URL parameters into other TWiki variables. This encoding does not protect against cross-site scripting. | encode="safe" |
encode="moderate" | Encode special characters into HTML entities for moderate cross-site scripting protection: "<" , ">" , single quote (' ) and double quote (" ) are encoded. Useful to allow TWiki variables in comment boxes. | encode="safe" |
encode="safe" | Encode special characters into HTML entities for cross-site scripting protection: "<" , ">" , "%" , single quote (' ) and double quote (" ) are encoded. | (this is the default) |
encode="entity" | Encode special characters into HTML entities. See ENCODE for details. | encode="safe" |
encode="html" | Encode special characters into HTML entities. In addition to encode="entity" , it also encodes space, newline (\n ) and linefeed (\r ). Useful to encode text properly in HTML input fields. | encode="safe" |
encode="url" | Encode special characters for URL parameter use, like a double quote into %22 | encode="safe" |
multiple="on" multiple="[[$item]]" | If set, gets all selected elements of a <select multiple="multiple"> tag. A format can be specified, with $item indicating the element, e.g. multiple="Option: $item" | first element |
separator=", " | Separator between multiple selections. Only relevant if multiple is specified | "\n" (newline) |
format="..." | Format the result. $value expands to the URL parameter. If multiple is specified, $value expands to the result of the concatenated items. | "$value" |
default="..." | Default value in case parameter is empty or missing. The format parameter is not applied. | empty string |
%URLPARAM{"skin"}%
returns print
for a .../view/TWiki/TWikiVariables?skin=print
URL
encode="safe"
is the default, it provides a safe middle ground. The encode="entity"
is more aggressive, but some TWiki applications might not work.
"html"
. <input type="text" name="address" value="%URLPARAM{ "address" encode="html" }%" />
%SEARCH{ "%URLPARAM{ "search" encode="quotes" }%" noheader="on" }%
rev
, skin
, template
, topic
, web
; they have a special meaning in TWiki. Common parameters and view script specific parameters are documented at TWikiScripts.
%URLPARAM{
in the value of a URL parameter, it will be modified to %<nop>URLPARAM{
. This is to prevent an infinite loop during expansion.
%USERINFO%
guest, TWikiGuest,
(comma-separated list of the username, wikiusername, and emails)
$emails
, $username
, $wikiname
, $wikiusername
, $groups
and $admin
($admin returns 'true' or 'false'): %USERINFO{ format="$username is really $wikiname" }%
guest is really TWikiGuest
%USERINFO{ "TWikiGuest" format="$username is really $wikiname" }%
guest is really TWikiGuest
{AntiSpam}{HideUserDetails}
configuration option is not enabled, or if you are an admin. (User details are hidden in this TWiki)
jsmith
, WIKINAME like JohnSmith
and WIKIUSERNAME like Main.JohnSmith
. Un-authenticated users are all TWikiGuest.
%USERNAME%
guest
%USERSWEB%
Main
%VAR{"NAME" web="Web"}%
%WEBBGCOLOR%
of the Main web write %VAR{"WEBBGCOLOR" web="Main"}%
, which expands to #FFEFA6
%VBAR%
%WEB%
expands to the name of the web where the topic is located. If you are looking at the text of an included topic, it is the web where the included topic is located.
%WEB%
, expands to: TWiki
%WEB{format="..."}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
format="..." | Format, may include tokens $web (the full web path), $parents (parent webs, if any), $current (current web without parent webs) | "$web" |
%WEB%
is Engineering/TechPubs/Apps
: %WEB{format="Parent webs: $parents, current web: $current"}%
returns: Parent webs: Engineering/TechPubs, current web: Apps
NOSEARCHALL = on
preference variable. The "format"
defines the format of one web item. The $name
variable gets expanded to the name of the web, $qname
gets expanded to double quoted name, $marker
to marker
where web matches selection
.
%WEBLIST{"format" ...}%
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"format" | Format of one line, may include $name (the name of the web), $qname (the name of the web in double quotes), $indentedname (the name of the web with parent web names replaced by indents, for use in indented lists), and $marker (which expands to marker for the item matching selection only) | "$name" |
format="format" | (Alternative to above) | "$name" |
separator=", " | Line separator | "$n" (new line) |
web="" | if you specify $web in format, it will be replaced with this | "" |
webs="public" | Comma separated list of webs, public expands to all non-hidden.NOTE: Administrators will see all webs, not just the public ones | "public" |
marker="selected" | Text for $marker if the item matches selection | "selected" |
selection="%WEB%" | Current value to be selected in list | selection="%WEB%" |
subwebs="Sandbox" | Show webs that are a sub-web of this one (recursivly) | "" |
limit="30" | Limit number of webs to show | "" (all) |
overlimit="..." | Message shown if over limit, such as: overlimit=" * [[%SYSTEMWEB%.SiteMap][More...]]" | "" |
%WEBLIST{" * [[$name.WebHome]]"}%
- creates a bullet list of all webs.
<form><select name="web"> %WEBLIST{"<option $marker value=$qname>$name</option>" webs="Trash, public" selection="%WEB%" separator=" "}% </select></form>
- creates a dropdown of all public webs + Trash web, with the current web highlighted.
%WEBPREFSTOPIC%
WebPreferences
, renders as WebPreferences
WHITE
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%WHITE% white text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
%WIKIHOMEURL%
/twiki/bin/view/Main/WebHome
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%/%USERSWEB%/%HOMETOPIC%
%WIKILOGOURL%
defined in WebPreferences instead.
%WIKILOGOALT%
International Virtual Observatory Alliance
%WIKILOGOIMG%
/internal/TWiki/TWikiPreferences/ivoa_logo137x77.jpg
%WIKILOGOURL%
/
%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%/%USERSWEB%/%HOMETOPIC%
%USERNAME%
if not defined in the TWikiUsers topic
%WIKINAME%
TWikiGuest
%WIKIPREFSTOPIC%
TWikiPreferences
, renders as TWikiPreferences
%WIKITOOLNAME%
TWiki
%WIKIUSERNAME%
Main.TWikiGuest
, renders as TWikiGuest
%WIKIUSERSTOPIC%
TWikiUsers
, with Main prefix renders as TWikiUsers
%WIKIVERSION%
TWiki-6.1.0, Mon, 16 Jul 2018, build 30610
%X%
%Y%
YELLOW
is one of the rendering shortcut settings predefined in TWikiPreferences. See the section rendering shortcut settings in that topic for a complete list of colors.
%YELLOW% yellow text %ENDCOLOR%
%<color>%
text must end with %ENDCOLOR%
. If you want to switch from one color to another one you first need to end the active color with %ENDCOLOR%
, e.g. write %RED% some text %ENDCOLOR% %GREEN% more text %ENDCOLOR%
.
Inline search feature allows flexible formatting of search result
The default output format of a %SEARCH{...}%
is a table consisting of topic names and topic summaries. Use the format="..."
parameter to customize the search result. The format parameter typically defines a bullet or a table row containing variables, such as %SEARCH{ "food" format="| $topic | $summary |" }%
. See %SEARCH{...}%
for other search parameters, such as separator=""
.
Three parameters can be used to customize a search result:
header="..."
parameter
Use the header parameter to specify the header of a search result. It should correspond to the format of the format parameter. This parameter is optional.
Example: header="| *Topic:* | *Summary:* |"
Variables that can be used in the header string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$web |
Name of the web |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This variable gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot or \" |
Double quote (" ) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
format="..."
parameter
Use the format parameter to specify the format of one search hit.
Example: format="| $topic | $summary |"
Variables that can be used in the format string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$web |
Name of the web |
$topic |
Topic name |
$topic(20) |
Topic name, "- " hyphenated each 20 characters |
$topic(30, -<br />) |
Topic name, hyphenated each 30 characters with separator "-<br />" |
$topic(40, ...) |
Topic name, shortened to 40 characters with "..." indication |
$parent |
Name of parent topic; empty if not set |
$parent(20) |
Name of parent topic, same hyphenation/shortening like $topic() |
$text |
Formatted topic text. In case of a multiple="on" search, it is the line found for each search hit. |
$locked |
LOCKED flag (if any) |
$date |
Time stamp of last topic update, e.g. 13 Mar 2025 - 03:48 |
$isodate |
Time stamp of last topic update, e.g. 2025-03-13T03:48Z |
$rev |
Number of last topic revision, e.g. 4 |
$username |
Login name of last topic update, e.g. jsmith |
$wikiname |
Wiki user name of last topic update, e.g. JohnSmith |
$wikiusername |
Wiki user name of last topic update, like Main.JohnSmith |
$createdate |
Time stamp of topic revision 1 |
$createusername |
Login name of topic revision 1, e.g. jsmith |
$createwikiname |
Wiki user name of topic revision 1, e.g. JohnSmith |
$createwikiusername |
Wiki user name of topic revision 1, e.g. Main.JohnSmith |
$summary |
Topic summary, just the plain text, all formatting and line breaks removed; up to 162 characters |
$summary(50) |
Topic summary, up to 50 characters shown |
$summary(showvarnames) |
Topic summary, with %ALLTWIKI{...}% variables shown as ALLTWIKI{...} |
$summary(noheader) |
Topic summary, with leading ---+ headers removedNote: The tokens can be combined, for example $summary(100, showvarnames, noheader) |
$changes |
Summary of changes between latest rev and previous rev |
$changes(n) |
Summary of changes between latest rev and rev n |
$formname |
The name of the form attached to the topic; empty if none |
$formfield(name) |
The field value of a form field; for example, $formfield(TopicClassification) would get expanded to PublicFAQ . This applies only to topics that have a TWikiForm |
$formfield(name, 10) |
Form field value, "- " hyphenated each 10 characters |
$formfield(name, 20, -<br />) |
Form field value, hyphenated each 20 characters with separator "-<br />" |
$formfield(name, 30, ...) |
Form field value, shortened to 30 characters with "..." indication |
$query(query-syntax) |
Access topic meta data using SQL-like QuerySearch syntax. Example: • $query(attachments.arraysize) returns the number of files attached to the current topic • $query(attachments[name~'*.gif'].size) returns an array with size of all .gif attachments, such as 848, 1425, 923 • $query(parent.name) is equivalent to $parent |
$pattern(reg-exp) |
A regular expression pattern to extract some text from a topic (does not search meta data; use $formfield instead). In case of a multiple="on" search, the pattern is applied to the line found in each search hit.• Specify a RegularExpression that covers the whole text (topic or line), which typically starts with .* , and must end in .* • Put text you want to keep in parenthesis, like $pattern(.*?(from here.*?to here).*) • Example: $pattern(.*?\*.*?Email\:\s*([^\n\r]+).*) extracts the e-mail address from a bullet of format * Email: ... • This example has non-greedy .*? patterns to scan for the first occurance of the Email bullet; use greedy .* patterns to scan for the last occurance • Limitation: Do not use .*) inside the pattern, e.g. $pattern(.*foo(.*)bar.*) does not work, but $pattern(.*foo(.*?)bar.*) does • Note: Make sure that the integrity of a web page is not compromised; for example, if you include an HTML table make sure to include everything including the table end tag |
$count(reg-exp) |
Count of number of times a regular expression pattern appears in the text of a topic (does not search meta data). Follows guidelines for use and limitations outlined above under $pattern(reg-exp) . Example: $count(.*?(---[+][+][+][+]) .*) counts the number of <H4> headers in a page. |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web. This is the current topic count, not the total number of topics |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Cumulative across all topics in current web. Identical to $ntopics unless multiple="on" |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This variable gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot or \" |
Double quote (" ) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
footer="..."
parameter
Use the footer parameter to specify the footer of a search result. It should correspond to the format of the format parameter. This parameter is optional.
Example: footer="| *Topic* | *Summary* |"
Variables that can be used in the footer string:
Name: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$web |
Name of the web |
$ntopics |
Number of topics found in current web |
$nhits |
Number of hits if multiple="on" . Cumulative across all topics in current web. Identical to $ntopics unless multiple="on" |
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". This variable gets removed; useful for nested search |
$quot or \" |
Double quote (" ) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
$lt |
Less than sign (< ) |
$gt |
Greater than sign (> ) |
By default, variables embedded in the format parameter of %SEARCH{}%
are evaluated once before the search. This is OK for variables that do not change, such as %SCRIPTURLPATH%
. Variables that should be evaluated once per search hit must be escaped. For example, to escape a conditional:
%IF{ "..." then="..." else="..." }%
write this:
format="$percntIF{ \"...\" then=\"...\" else=\"...\" }$percnt"
Here are some samples of formatted searches. The SearchPatternCookbook has other examples, such as creating a picklist of usernames, searching for topic children and more.
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "FAQ" scope="topic" nosearch="on" nototal="on" header=" * *Topic: Summary:*" format=" * [[$topic]]: $summary" footer=" * *Topic: Summary*" }%
To get this:
In a web where there is a form that contains a TopicClassification
field, an OperatingSystem
field and an OsVersion
field we could write:
| *Topic:* | *OperatingSystem:* | *OsVersion:* |
%SEARCH{ "[T]opicClassification.*?value=\"[P]ublicFAQ\"" scope="text" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" format="| [[$topic]] | $formfield(OperatingSystem) | $formfield(OsVersion) |" }%
To get this:
Topic: | OperatingSystem | OsVersion |
---|---|---|
IncorrectDllVersionW32PTH10DLL | OsWin | 95/98 |
WinDoze95Crash | OsWin | 95 |
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "__Back to\:__ TWikiFAQ" scope="text" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" header="TWiki FAQs:" format=" * $pattern(.*?FAQ\:[\n\r]*([^\n\r]+).*) [[$topic][Answer...]]" }%
To get this:
TWiki FAQs:
Search can be nested. For example, search for some topics, then form a new search for each topic found in the first search. The idea is to build the nested search string using a formatted search in the first search.
Here is an example. Let's search for all topics that contain the word "culture" (first search), and let's find out where each topic found is linked from (second search).
%SEARCH{ "culture" format=" * $topic is referenced by: (list all references)" nosearch="on" nototal="on" }%
%SEARCH{ "(topic found in first search)" format="$topic" nosearch="on" nototal="on" separator=", " }%
$percnt
to escape the leading percent of the second search
\"
to escape the double quotes
$dollar
to escape the $
of $topic
$nop
to escape the }%
sequence
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "culture" format=" * $topic is referenced by:$n * $percntSEARCH{ \"$topic\" format=\"$dollartopic\" nosearch=\"on\" nototal=\"on\" separator=\", \" }$nop%" nosearch="on" nototal="on" }%
To get this:
Note: Nested search can be slow, especially if you nest more then 3 times. Nesting is limited to 16 levels. For each new nesting level you need to "escape the escapes", e.g. write $dollarpercntSEARCH{
for level three, $dollardollarpercntSEARCH{
for level four, etc.
Write this:
%SEARCH{ "\.*" scope="topic" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" order="modified" reverse="on" format="| [[$topic]] | $wikiusername | $date |" limit="7" }%
To get this:
TWikiRegistration | GiuliaIafrate | 2024-04-08 - 07:41 |
RedirectPlugin | TWikiAdminUser | 2023-01-19 - 10:06 |
VarREDIRECT | TWikiAdminUser | 2023-01-19 - 10:06 |
BackupRestoreConsole | TWikiAdminUser | 2022-12-02 - 09:41 |
BackupRestorePlugin | TWikiAdminUser | 2022-12-02 - 09:41 |
TinyMCEPlugin | TWikiAdminUser | 2022-12-02 - 09:10 |
TinyMCEQuickHelp | TWikiAdminUser | 2022-12-02 - 09:10 |
A regular expression search is flexible, but there are limitations. For example, you cannot show all topics that are up to exactly one week old, or create a report that shows all records with invalid form fields or fields within a certain range, etc. You need some additional logic to format output based on a condition:
This requires the TWiki:Plugins.SpreadSheetPlugin. The following example shows all topics that are up to exactly one week old.
Write this:
%CALC{$SET(weekold, $TIMEADD($TIME(), -7, day))}%
%SEARCH{ "." scope="topic" type="regex" nosearch="on" nototal="on" order="modified" reverse="on" format="$percntCALC{$IF($TIME($date) < $GET(weekold), <nop>, | [[$topic]] | $wikiusername | $date | $rev |)}$percnt" limit="100" }%
weekold
variable to the serialized date of exactly one week ago
$percnt
makes sure that the CALC gets executed once for each search hit
weekold
date
<nop>
is returned, which gets removed at the end of the TWiki rendering process
To get this:
Use an HTML form and an embedded formatted search on the same topic. You can link them together with an %URLPARAM{"..."}%
variable. Example:
Write this:
<form action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"view"}%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%"> Find Topics: <input type="text" name="q" size="32" value="%URLPARAM{"q" encode="entity"}%" /> <input type="submit" class="twikiSubmit" value="Search" /> </form> Result: %SEARCH{ search="%URLPARAM{"q" encode="quote"}%" type="keyword" format=" * $web.$topic: %BR% $summary" nosearch="on" }%
To get this:
Result:
Related Topics: UserDocumentationCategory, SearchHelp, VarSEARCH, SearchPatternCookbook, RegularExpression, QuerySearch
-- Contributors: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, TWiki:Main.SopanShewale
Each topic can have one or more files of any type attached to it by using the Attach screen to upload (or download) files from your local PC. Attachments are stored under revision control: uploads are automatically backed up; all previous versions of a modified file can be retrieved.
File Attachments can be used to archive data, or to create powerful customized groupware solutions, like file sharing and document management systems, and quick Web page authoring.
Attach
link at the bottom of the page. The Attach
screen lets you browse for a file, add a comment, and upload it. The uploaded file will show up in the File Attachment table. *.php
files are renamed to *.php.txt
so that no one can place code that would be read in a .php file.
%ATTACHFILESIZELIMIT%
variable of the TWikiPreferences, currently set at 150000 KB.
An attachment can be moved between topics.
Manage
on the Attachment to be moved.
Move
. The attachment and its version history are moved. The original location is stored as topic Meta Data.
Move unwanted Attachments to web Trash
, topic TrashAttachment
.
Attach
file: Sample.txt
Edit
topic and enter: %ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt
Preview
: %ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt
text appears as: /internal/TWiki/FileAttachment/Sample.txt, a link to the text file.
%PUBURLPATH%/%WEB%/OtherTopic/Sample.txt
(if it's within the same web)
%PUBURLPATH%/Otherweb/OtherTopic/Sample.txt
(if it's in a different web)
Attach
file: Sample.txt
Edit
topic and write text: %INCLUDE{"%ATTACHURL%/Sample.txt"}%
Attach
file: Smile.gif
Edit
topic and write text: %ATTACHURL%/Smile.gif
Preview
: text appears as /internal/TWiki/FileAttachment/Smile.gif, an image.
Files attached to a topic are displayed in a directory table, displayed at the bottom of the page, or optionally, hidden and accessed when you click Attach.
I | Attachment | Action | Size | Date | Who | Comment |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
![]() | Sample.txt | manage | 0.1 K | 22 Jul 2000 - 19:37 | TWikiContributor | Just a sample |
![]() | Smile.gif | manage | 0.1 K | 22 Jul 2000 - 19:38 | TWikiContributor | Smiley face |
Clicking on a Manage
link takes you to a new page that looks a bit like this (depending on what skin is selected):
Select a new local file to update attachment Sample.txt
(UploadingUser)
Upload up to 10000 KB.
h
means the attachment is hidden, it isn't listed when viewing a topic.
Hide file
checkbox, then click Change properties
.
Add structure to content with forms attached to twiki topics. TWiki forms (with form fields) and formatted search are the base for building database applications.
By adding form-based input to free form content, you can structure topics with unlimited, easily searchable categories. A form is enabled for a web and can be added to a topic. The form data is shown in tabular format when the topic is viewed, and can be changed in edit mode using edit fields, radio buttons, check boxes and list boxes. Many different form types can be defined in a web, though a topic can only have one form attached to it at a time.
Typical steps to build an application based on TWiki forms:
Tip: The blog How to Create a TWiki Application on TWiki.org is a good tutorial to get started with TWiki forms based applications.
A Form Template specifies the fields in a form. A Form Template is simply a page containing a TWiki table, where each row of the table specifies one form field.
YourForm
, ExpenseReportForm
, InfoCategoryForm
, RecordReviewForm
, whatever you need.
Name
, Type
, Size
, Values
, Tooltip message
, and Attributes
(see sample below).
Example:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | *Values* | *Tooltip message* | *Attributes* |
| TopicClassification | select | 1 | NoDisclosure, PublicSupported, PublicFAQ | blah blah... | |
| OperatingSystem | checkbox | 3 | OsHPUX, OsLinux, OsSolaris, OsWin | blah blah... | |
| OsVersion | text | 16 | | blah blah... | |
Name Type Size Values Tooltip message Attributes TopicClassification select 1 NoDisclosure, PublicSupported, PublicFAQ blah blah... OperatingSystem checkbox 3 OsHPUX, OsLinux, OsSolaris, OsWin blah blah... OsVersion text 16 blah blah...
See structure of a form for full details of what types are available and what all the columns mean.
You can also retrieve possible values for select
, checkbox
or radio
types from other topics:
Example:
- In the WebForm topic, define the form:
Name Type Size Values Tooltip message Attributes TopicClassification select 1 blah blah... OperatingSystem checkbox 3 blah blah... OsVersion text 16 blah blah...
Leave the
Values
field blank.
- Then in the TopicClassification topic, define the possible values:
| *Name* |
| NoDisclosure |
| Public Supported |
| Public FAQ |
Name NoDisclosure Public Supported Public FAQ
Field values can also be set using the result of expanding other TWiki variables. For example,
%SEARCH{"Office$" scope="topic" web="%USERSWEB%" nonoise="on" type="regex" format="$web.$topic" separator=", " }%
When used in the value field of the form definition, this will find all topic names in the Main web which end in "Office" and use them as the legal field values.
Forms have to be enabled for each individual web. The WEBFORMS
variable in WebPreferences is optional and defines a list of possible form templates.
Example:
- Set WEBFORMS = BugForm, FeatureForm, Books.BookLoanForm
WEBFORMS
enabled, an extra button is added to the edit view. If the topic doesn't have a Form, an Add Form button appears at the end of the topic. If a Form is present, a Change button appears in the top row of the Form. The buttons open a screen that enables selection of a form specified in WEBFORMS
, or the No form option.
SEARCH
to define WEBFORMS
.
WebTopicEditTemplate
topic in a web, or a new topic that serves as an application specific template topic. Initial Form values can be set there.
formtemplate
parameter in the (edit or save) URL. Initial values can then be provided in the URLs or as form values: name
, ex: ?BugPriority=1
namevalue=1
, ex: ?ColorRed=1
. <form name="newtopic" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"edit"}%/%WEB%/"> <input type="hidden" name="formtemplate" value="MyForm" /> New topic name <input type="text" name="topic" size="40" /> <input type="submit" class="twikiSubmit" value="Create" /> </form>
save
script instead of the edit
script in the form action. When you specify the save
script you have to use the "post" method. Example: <form name="newtopic" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{"save"}%/%WEB%/" method="post"> ..... </form>
edit
and save
scripts understand many more parameters, see TWikiScripts#edit and TWikiScripts#save for details.
A Form Template specifies the fields in a form. A Form Template is simply a page containing a TWiki table, where each row of the table specifies one form field.
Each column of the table is one element of an entry field: Name
, Type
, Size
, Values
, Tooltip message
, and Attributes
.
The Name
, Type
and Size
columns are required. Other columns are optional. The form must have a header row (e.g. | *Name* | *Type* | *Size* |
).
Name column: Name
is the name of the form field.
Type, Size, Value columns: Type
, Size
and Value
describe the type, size and initial value for this field:
Type | Description | Size | Value |
---|---|---|---|
text |
One-line text field | Text box width in number of characters | Initial (default) content |
textarea |
Multi-line text box | Columns x rows, such as 80x6 ; default is 40x5 |
Initial (default) content |
label |
Read-only text label | Text of the label | |
checkbox |
One or more checkboxes that can be toggled individually | Number of checkboxes shown per line | Comma-space-separated list of item labels - can be a dynamic SEARCH |
checkbox+buttons |
Like checkbox , adding [Set] and [Clear] buttons |
||
radio |
Radio buttons, mutually exclusive; only one can be selected | Number of radio buttons shown per line | Comma-space-separated list of item labels - can be a dynamic SEARCH |
select |
Select box, rendered as a picklist or a multi-row selector box depending on the size value | • 1 : Show a picklist • Number > 1: Multi-row selector box of specified size • Range e.g. 3..10 : Multi-row selector box with variable size - the box will never be smaller than 3 items, never larger than 10, and will be 5 high if there are only 5 options |
Comma-space-separated list of options of the select box - can be a dynamic SEARCH |
select+multi |
Like select , turning multi-select on, to allow Shift+Click and Ctrl+Click to select (or deselect) multiple items |
||
select+values |
Like select , allowing definition of values that are different to the displayed text. For example:| Field 9 | select+values | 3 | One, Two=2, Three=III | Various values formats | shows but the values of options Two and Three are 2 and III , respectively. |
||
select+multi+values |
Combination of select+multi and select+values |
||
color |
Single-line text box and a color picker to pick a color. The color can also be typed into the text box, such as #123456 . |
Text box width in number of characters | Initial (default) color |
date |
Single-line text box and a button next to it to pick a date from a popup calendar. The date can also be typed into the text box. The date format can be customized. | Text box width in number of characters | Initial (default) date |
Tooltip message column: The Tooltip message
will be displayed when the cursor is hovered over the field in edit
view.
Attributes column: Attributes
specifies special attributes for the field. Multiple attributes can be entered, separated by spaces.
H
indicates that this field is hidden, e.g. not shown in view mode. However, the field is available for editing and storing information.
M
indicates that this field is mandatory. The topic cannot be saved unless a value is provided for this field. If the field is found empty during topic save, an error is raised and the user is redirected to an oops
page. Mandatory fields are indicated by an asterisks next to the field name.
For example, a simple form just supporting entry of a name and a date would look as follows:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | | Name | text | 80 | | Date | date | 30 |
Field Name Notes:
Aeroplane Manufacturers
is equivalent to AeroplaneManufacturers
.
label
field has no name, it will not be shown when the form is viewed, only when it is edited.
select
, checkbox
or radio
field, and want to get the values from another topic, you can use [[...]]
links. This notation can also be used when referencing another topic to obtain field values, but a name other than the topic name is required as the name of the field.
Field Value Notes:
label
, text
, and textarea
fields the value may also contain commas. checkbox
fields cannot be initialized through the form template.
|
character in the initial values field, you have to precede it with a backslash, thus: \|
.
<nop>
to prevent TWiki variables from being expanded.
General Notes:
As described above, you can also retrieve possible values for select, checkbox or radio types from other topics. For example, if you have a rows defined like this:
| *Name* | *Type* | *Size* | | AeroplaneManufacturers | select | |the TWiki will look for the topic AeroplaneManufacturers to get the possible values for the
select
.
The AeroplaneManufacturers topic must contain a table, where each row of the table describes a possible value. The table only requires one column, Name
. Other columns may be present, but are ignored.
For example:
| *Name* | | Routan | | Focke-Wulf | | De Havilland |
Notes:
Values
column must be empty in the referring form definition.
You can extend the range of data types accepted by forms by using TWikiPlugins. All such extended data types are single-valued (can only have one value) with the following exceptions:
checkbox
+multi
anywhere in the name
In some cases you want to change only the form data. You have the option of hiding the topic text with two methods:
form
(see details).
action=form
parameter to the edit URL string, such as%SCRIPTURL{edit}%/%BASEWEB%/%BASETOPIC%?t=%SERVERTIME{$epoch}%;action=form
(see details).
New topics with a form are created by simple HTML forms asking for a topic name. For example, you can have a SubmitExpenseReport
topic where you can create new expense reports, a SubmitVacationRequest
topic, and so on. These can specify the required template topic with its associated form. Template topics has more.
A Form Template specifies the fields in a form. A Form Template is simply a page containing a TWiki table, where each row of the table specifies one form field.
TWiki Forms accept user-input data, stored as TWikiMetaData. Meta data also contains program-generated info about changes, attachments, etc. To find, format and display form and other meta data, see TWikiMetaData, FORMFIELD
, SEARCH
and METASEARCH
variables in TWikiVariables, and TWiki Formatted Search.
Example
TWiki users often want to have an overview of topics they contributed to. With the$formfield
parameter it is easy to display the value of a classification field next to the topic link:| *Topic* | *Classification* | %SEARCH{"%USERSWEB%.UserName" scope="text" nosearch="on" nototal="on" order="modified" reverse="on" format="|<b>[[$web.$topic][$topic]]</b> |<nop>$formfield(TopicClassification) |" web="Sandbox"}%
Searching forms this way is obviously pretty inefficient, but it's easy to do. If you want better performance, take a look at some of the structured wiki extensions that support higher performance searching e.g. TWiki:Plugins.DBCachePlugin.
text
fields when a topic is saved. If you need linefeeds in a field, make sure it is a textarea
.
Definition of the templates used to render all HTML pages displayed in TWiki
Templates are plain text with embedded template directives that tell TWiki how to compose blocks of text together, to create something new.
There are two types of template:
Tip: TWiki:TWiki.TWikiTemplatesSupplement on TWiki.org has supplemental documentation on TWiki templates.
Master templates are also used in the definition of TWikiSkins.
Master templates are stored as text files with the extension .tmpl
.
They are usually HTML with embedded template directives.
The directives are expanded when TWiki wants to generate a user interface screen.
%TMPL:<key>%
and %TMPL:<key>{"attr"}%
.
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"file"}%
: Includes a template file. The file is found as described below.
%TMPL:DEF{"block"}%
: Define a block. All text between this and the next %TMPL:END%
directive is removed and saved for later use with %TMPL:P
.
%TMPL:END%
: Ends a block definition.
%TMPL:P{"var"}%
: Includes a previously defined block.
%{...}%
: is a comment.
twiki.tmpl
master template, like twiki.print.tmpl
, that redefines the header and footer.
TMPL:P also supports simple parameters. For example, given the definition
%TMPL:DEF{"x"}% x%P%z%TMPL:END%
then %TMPL:P{"x" P="y"}%
will expand to xyz
.
Note that parameters can simply be ignored; for example, %TMPL:P{"x"}%
will expand to x%P%z.
Any alphanumeric characters can be used in parameter names. You are highly recommended to use parameter names that cannot be confused with TWikiVariables.
Note that three parameter names, context
, then
and else
are reserved.
They are used to support a limited form of "if" condition that you can use to select which of two templates to use, based on a context identifier:
%TMPL:DEF{"link_inactive"}%<input type="button" disabled value="Link>%TMPL:END% %TMPL:DEF{"link_active"}%<input type="button" onclick="link()" value="Link" />%TMPL:END% %TMPL:P{context="inactive" then="inactive_link" else="active_link"}% for %CONTEXT%When the "inactive" context is set, then this will expand the "link_inactive" template; otherwise it will expand the "link_active" template. See IfStatements for details of supported context identifiers.
The master templates shipped with a twiki release are stored in the twiki/templates directory.
As an example, twiki/templates/view.tmpl
is the default template file for the twiki/bin/view
script.
You can save templates in other directories as long as they are listed in the {TemplatePath}
configuration setting.
The {TemplatePath}
is defined in the Miscellaneous section of the configure page.
You can also save templates in user topics (IF there is no possible template match in the templates
directory).
The {TemplatePath}
configuration setting defines which topics will be accepted as templates.
Templates that are included with an explicit '.tmpl'
extension are looked for only in the templates/
directory.
For instance %TMPL:INCLUDE{"example.tmpl"}%
will only return templates/example.tmpl
, regardless of {TemplatePath}
and SKIN settings.
The out-of-the-box setting of {TemplatePath}
supports the following search order to determine which template file or topic to use for a particular script or %TMPL:INCLUDE{"script"}%
statement.
The skin path is set as described in TWikiSkins.
view
, edit
View
dragon
, pattern
. All skins are checked at each stage, in the order they appear in the skin path.
Dragon
For example, the example
template file will be searched for in the following places, when the current web is Thisweb
and the skin path is print,pattern
:
templates/Thisweb/example.print.tmpl
deprecated; don't rely on it
templates/Thisweb/example.pattern.tmpl
deprecated; don't rely on it
templates/example.print.tmpl
templates/example.pattern.tmpl
templates/Thisweb/example.tmpl
deprecated; don't rely on it
templates/example.tmpl
Thisweb.PrintSkinExampleTemplate
Thisweb.PatternSkinExampleTemplate
Thisweb.ExampleTemplate
TWiki.PrintSkinExampleTemplate
TWiki.PatternSkinExampleTemplate
TWiki.ExampleTemplate
Template names are usually derived from the name of the currently executing script; however it is also possible to override these settings in the view
and edit
scripts, for example when a topic-specific template is required. Two preference variables can be used to override the templates used:
VIEW_TEMPLATE
sets the template to be used for viewing a topic
EDIT_TEMPLATE
sets the template for editing a topic.
view
and edit
respectively. The template search order is as specified above.
Tip: If you want to override existing templates, without having to worry that your changes will get overwritten by the next TWiki update, change the
{TemplatePath}
so that another directory, such as the %USERSWEB%
appears at the front. You can then put your own templates into that directory or web and these will override the standard templates. (Note that such will increase the lookup time for templates by searching your directory first.)
If there is recursion in the TMPL:INCLUDE chain (eg twiki.classic.tmpl contains %TMPL:INCLUDE{"twiki"}%
, the templating system will include the next twiki.SKIN in the skin path.
For example, to create a customisation of pattern skin, where you only want to over-ride the breadcrumbs for the view script, you can create only a view.yourlocal.tmpl:
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}% %TMPL:DEF{"breadcrumb"}% We don't want any crumbs %TMPL:END%and then set SKIN=yourlocal,pattern
The default {TemplatePath}
will not give you the desired result if you put these statements in the topic Thisweb.YourlocalSkinViewTemplate
. The default {TemplatePath}
will resolve the request to the template/view.pattern.tmpl
, before it gets to the Thisweb.YourlocalSkinViewTemplate
resolution. You can make it work by prefixing the {TemplatePath}
with: $web.YourlocalSkin$nameTemplate
.
twiki.tmpl
is the default master template. It defines the following sections.
Template variable: | Defines: |
---|---|
%TMPL:DEF{"sep"}% |
"|" separator |
%TMPL:DEF{"htmldoctype"}% |
Start of all HTML pages |
%TMPL:DEF{"standardheader"}% |
Standard header (ex: view, index, search) |
%TMPL:DEF{"simpleheader"}% |
Simple header with reduced links (ex: edit, attach, oops) |
%TMPL:DEF{"standardfooter"}% |
Footer, excluding revision and copyright parts |
The second type of template in TWiki are template topics. Template topics define the default text for new topics. There are four types of template topic:
Topic Name: | What it is: |
---|---|
WebTopicViewTemplate | Alert page shown when you try to view a nonexistent topic. This page is usually used as a prompt to help you create a new topic. |
WebTopicNonWikiTemplate | Alert page shown when you try to view a nonexistent topic with a non-WikiName. Again, this page is used as a prompt to help you create the new topic. |
WebTopicEditTemplate | Default text used in a new topic. |
<MyCustomNamed>Template | Whenever you create a topic ending in the word "Template", it is automatically added to the list of available templates in the "Use Template" drop down field on the WebCreateNewTopic page. |
When you create a new topic using the edit
script, TWiki locates a topic to use as a content template according to the following search order:
templatetopic
CGI parameter TWikiVariables located in template topics get expanded as follows when a new topic is created.
The following variables used in a template topic automatically get expanded when new topic is created based on it:
Variable: | Description: |
---|---|
%DATE% |
Signature format date. See VarDATE |
%GMTIME% |
Date/time. See VarGMTIME |
%GMTIME{...}% |
Formatted date/time. See VarGMTIME2 |
%NOP% |
A no-operation variable that gets removed. Useful to prevent a SEARCH from hitting an edit template topic; also useful to escape a variable, such as %URLPA%NOP%RAM{...}% escaping URLPARAM |
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% |
Text that gets removed when a new topic based on the template is created. See notes below. |
%SERVERTIME% |
Date/time. See VarSERVERTIME |
%SERVERTIME{...}% |
Formatted date/time. See VarSERVERTIME2 |
%USERNAME% |
Login name of user who is instantiating the new topic, e.g. guest |
%URLPARAM{"name"}% |
Value of a named URL parameter. See VarURLPARAM. |
%WIKINAME% |
WikiName of user who is instantiating the new topic, e.g. TWikiGuest |
%WIKIUSERNAME% |
User name of user who is instantiating the new tpoic, e.g. Main.TWikiGuest |
In a template topic, embed text that you do not want expanded inside a %STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% ... %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%
section. For example, you might want to write this in the template topic:
%STARTSECTION{type="templateonly"}% This template can only be changed by: * Set ALLOWTOPICCHANGE = Main.TWikiAdminGroup %ENDSECTION{type="templateonly"}%This will restrict who can edit the template topic, but will be removed when a new topic based on that template topic is created.
%NOP%
can be used to prevent expansion of TWiki variables that would otherwise be expanded during topic creation. For example, escape %SERVERTIME%
with %SER%NOP%VERTIME%
.
You can forcefully expand TWikiVariables by placing them inside a type="expandvariables"
section in the template topic, such as:
...
Example:
If you have the following content in a template topic:
* %SYSTEMWEB%.ATasteOfTWiki - view a short introductory presentation on TWiki for beginners * %SYSTEMWEB%.WelcomeGuest - starting points on TWiki * %SYSTEMWEB%.TWikiUsersGuide - complete TWiki documentation * Sandbox.%HOMETOPIC% - try out TWiki on your own * Sandbox.%TOPIC%Sandbox - just for me
you will get this raw text in new topics based on that template topic:
* TWiki.ATasteOfTWiki - view a short introductory presentation on TWiki for beginners * TWiki.WelcomeGuest - starting points on TWiki * TWiki.TWikiUsersGuide - complete TWiki documentation * Sandbox.WebHome - try out TWiki on your own * Sandbox.JimmyNeutronSandbox - just for me
When you create a new topic based on a template, you often want the new topic to have a form attached to it. You can attach a form to the template topic, in which case it will be copied into the new topic.
Sometimes this isn't quite what you want, as it copies all the existing data from the template topic into the new topic. To avoid this and use the default values specified in the form definition instead, you can use the formtemplate
CGI parameter to the edit
script to specify the name of a form to attach.
See TWikiScripts for information about all the other parameters to edit
.
For TWiki applications it is useful to be able to automatically generate unique topicnames, such as BugID0001, BugID0002, etc. You can add AUTOINC<n>
to the topic name in the edit and save scripts, and it will be replaced with an auto-incremented number on topic save. <n>
is a number starting from 0, and may include leading zeros. Leading zeros are used to zero-pad numbers so that auto-incremented topic names can sort properly. Deleted topics are not re-used to ensure uniqueness of topic names. That is, the auto-incremented number is always higher than the existing ones, even if there are gaps in the number sequence.
Examples:
BugAUTOINC0
- creates topic names Bug0
, Bug1
, Bug2
, ... (does not sort properly)
ItemAUTOINC0000
- creates topic names Item0000
, Item0001
, Item0002
, ... (sorts properly up to 9999)
DocIDAUTOINC10001
- start with DocID10001
, DocID10002
, ... (sorts properly up to 99999; auto-links)
Example link to create a new topic:
[[%SCRIPTURLPATH{edit}%/%WEB%/BugIDAUTOINC00001?templatetopic=BugTemplate;topicparent=%TOPIC%;t=%SERVERTIME{"$day$hour$min$sec"}%][Create new item]]
Here is an example for creating new topics (in the Sandbox web) based on a specific template topic and form:
The above form asks for a topic name. A hidden input tag named templatetopic
specifies ExampleTopicTemplate as the template topic to use. Here is the HTML source of the form:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{edit}%/Sandbox/"> * New example topic: <input type="text" name="topic" value="ExampleTopicAUTOINC0001" size="30" /> <input type="hidden" name="templatetopic" value="ExampleTopicTemplate" /> <input type="hidden" name="topicparent" value="%TOPIC%" /> <input type="hidden" name="onlywikiname" value="on" /> <input type="hidden" name="onlynewtopic" value="on" /> <input type="submit" class="twikiSubmit" value="Create" /> </form>
Note: You can create a topic in one step, without going through the edit screen. To do that, specify the
save
script instead of the edit
script in the form action. When you specify the save script you have to use the "post" method. Example:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/Sandbox/" method="post"> ... </form>
The
edit
and save
scripts understand many more parameters, see TWikiScripts#edit and TWikiScripts#save for details.
TIP: You can use the
%WIKIUSERNAME%
and %DATE%
variables in your topic templates to include the signature of the person creating a new topic. The variables are expanded into fixed text when a new topic is created. The standard signature is:
-- %WIKIUSERNAME% - %DATE%
When you use TWikiVariables such as %PUBURL% and %PUBURLPATH% in templates you should be aware that using %PUBURL% instead of %PUBURLPATH% puts absolute URLs in the produced HTML. This means that when a user saves a TWiki page in HTML and emails the file to someone outside a company firewall, the receiver has a severe problem viewing it. It is therefore recommended always to use the %PUBURLPATH% to refer to images, CSS, Javascript files etc so links become relative. This way browsers just give up right away and show a usable html file.
Related Topics: TWikiSkins, TWikiForms, TWikiScripts, DeveloperDocumentationCategory, AdminDocumentationCategory
Skins overlay regular templates to give different looks and feels to TWiki screens.
TWiki uses TWikiTemplates files as the basis of all the screens it uses to interact with users. Each screen has an associated template file that contains the basic layout of the screen. This is then filled in by the code to generate what you see in the browser.
TWiki ships with a default set of template files that give a very basic, CSS-themable, look-and-feel. TWiki also includes support for skins that can be selected to give different, more sophisticated, look and feels. A default TWiki installation will usually start up with the PatternSkin already selected. Skins may also be defined by third parties and loaded into a TWiki installation to give more options. To see how TWiki looks when no skin is selected, view this topic with a non-existant skin.
Topic text is not affected by the choice of skin, though a skin can be defined to use a CSS (Cascading Style Sheet), which can sometimes give a radically different appearance to the text.
Relevant links on TWiki.org:
See other types of extensions: TWikiAddOns, TWikiContribs, TWikiPlugins
TWiki default ships with the skin PatternSkin activated. You can set the skin for the whole site, a single web or topic, or for each user individually, by setting the SKIN variable to the name of a skin. If the skin you select doesn't exist, then TWiki will pick up the default templates.
You may want to define your own skin, for example to comply with corporate web guidelines, or because you have a aesthetic vision that you want to share. There are a couple of places you can start doing this.
The TWikiTemplates files used for skins are located in the twiki/templates
directory and are named according to the skin: <scriptname>.<skin>.tmpl
. Skin files may also be defined in TWiki topics - see TWikiTemplates for details.
To start creating a new skin, copy the default TWikiTemplates (like view.tmpl
), or copy an existing skin to use as a base for your own skin. You should only need to copy the files you intend to customise, as TWiki can be configured to fall back to another skin if a template is not defined in your skin. Name the files as described above (for example view.myskin.tmpl
.
If you use PatternSkin as your starting point, and you want to modify the layout, colors or even the templates to suit your own needs, have a look first at the topics PatternSkinCustomization and PatternSkinCssCookbook.
For your own TWiki skin you are encouraged to show a small 80x31 pixel logo at the bottom of your skin:
<a href="http://twiki.org/"><img src="%PUBURL%/%SYSTEMWEB%/TWikiLogos/T-logo-80x15.gif" alt="This site is powered by the TWiki collaboration platform" width="80" height="15" title="This site is powered by the TWiki collaboration platform" border="0" /></a>
The standard TWiki skins show the logo in the %WEBCOPYRIGHT%
variable.
Note: Two skin names have reserved meanings;
text
skin, and skin names starting with rss
have hard-coded meanings.
The following template files are used for TWiki screens, and are referenced in the TWiki core code. If a skin doesn't define its own version of a template file, then TWiki will fall back to the next skin in the skin path, or finally, to the default version of the template file.
(Certain template files are expected to provide certain TMPL:DEFs - these are listed in sub-bullets)
addform
- used to select a new form for a topic
attachagain
- used when refreshing an existing attachment
attachnew
- used when attaching a new file to a topic
attachtables
- defines the format of attachments at the bottom of the standard topic view ATTACH:files:footer
, ATTACH:files:header
, ATTACH:files:row
, ATTACH:versions:footer
, ATTACH:versions:header
, ATTACH:versions:row
changeform
- used to change the form in a topic
changes
- used by the changes
script
edit
- used for the edit screen
form
formtables
- used to defined the format of forms FORM:display:footer
, FORM:display:header
, FORM:display:row
login
- used for loggin in when using the TemplateLoginManager LOG_IN
, LOG_IN_BANNER
, LOG_OUT
, LOGGED_IN_BANNER
, NEW_USER_NOTE
, UNRECOGNISED_USER
moveattachment
- used when moving an attachment
oopsaccessdenied
- used to format Access Denied messages no_such_topic
, no_such_web
, only_group
, topic_access
oopsattention
- used to format Attention messages already_exists
, bad_email
, bad_ver_code
, bad_wikiname
, base_web_missing
, confirm
, created_web
, delete_err
, invalid_web_color
, invalid_web_name
, in_a_group
, mandatory_field
, merge_notice
, missing_action
, missing_fields
, move_err
, missing_action
, no_form_def
, no_users_to_reset
, notwikiuser
, oversized_upload
, password_changed
, password_mismatch
, problem_adding
, remove_user_done
, rename_err
, rename_not_wikiword
, rename_topic_exists
, rename_web_err
, rename_web_exists
, rename_web_prerequisites
, reset_bad
, reset_ok
, save_error
, send_mail_error
, thanks
, topic_exists
, unrecognized_action
, upload_name_changed
, web_creation_error
, web_exists
, web_missing
, wrong_password
, zero_size_upload
oopschangelanguage
- used to prompt for a new language when internationalisation is enabled
oopsgeneric
- a basic dialog for user information; provides "ok" button only
oopslanguagechanged
- used to confirm a new language when internationalisation is enabled
oopsleaseconflict
- used to format lease Conflict messages lease_active
, lease_old
preview
- used for previewing edited topics before saving
rdiff
- used for viewing topic differences
registernotify
- used by the user registration system
registernotifyadmin
- used by the user registration system
rename
- used when renaming a topic
renameconfirm
- used when renaming a topic
renamedelete
- used when renaming a topic
renameweb
- used when renaming a web
renamewebconfirm
- used when renaming a web
renamewebdelete
- used when renaming a web
searchbookview
- used to format inline search results in book view
searchformat
- used to format inline search results
search
- used by the search
CGI script
settings
view
- used by the view
CGI script
viewprint
- used to create the printable view
twiki.tmpl
is a master template conventionally used by other templates, but not used directly by code.
Note: Make sure templates do not end with a newline. Any newline will expand to an empty
<p />
in the generated html. It will produce invalid html, and may break the page layout.
You can use recusion in the TMPL:INCLUDE chain (eg twiki.classic.tmpl contains %TMPL:INCLUDE{"twiki"}%
, the templating system will include the next twiki.SKIN in the skin path.
For example, to create a customisation of pattern skin, where you only want to remove the edit & WYSIWYG buttons from view page, you create only a view.yourlocal.tmpl
:
%TMPL:INCLUDE{"view"}% %TMPL:DEF{"edit_topic_link"}%%TMPL:END% %TMPL:DEF{"edit_wysiwyg_link"}%%TMPL:END%and then set
SKIN=yourlocal,pattern
.
Because ClassicSkin and the default templates use the same Template definition names, you can over-ride the edit links in them (or any skin derived from them) using the same view.yourlocal.tmpl
(just set SKIN=yourlocal,classic either in TWikiPreferences for globally, or a Web's Webname.WebPreferences for a particular web)
You can use template variables, TWikiVariables, and other predefined variables to compose your skins. Some commonly used variables in skins:
Variable: | Expanded to: |
---|---|
%WEBLOGONAME% |
Filename of web logo |
%WEBLOGOIMG% |
Image URL of web logo |
%WEBLOGOURL% |
Link of web logo |
%WEBLOGOALT% |
Alt text of web logo |
%WIKILOGOURL% |
Link of page logo |
%WIKILOGOIMG% |
Image URL of page logo |
%WIKILOGOALT% |
Alt text of page logo |
%WEBBGCOLOR% |
Web-specific background color, defined in the WebPreferences |
%WIKITOOLNAME% |
The name of your TWiki site |
%SCRIPTURL% |
The script URL of TWiki |
%SCRIPTURLPATH% |
The script URL path |
%SCRIPTSUFFIX% |
The script suffix, ex: .pl , .cgi |
%WEB% |
The name of the current web. |
%TOPIC% |
The name of the current topic. |
%WEBTOPICLIST% |
Common links of current web, defined in the WebPreferences. It includes a Jump box |
%TEXT% |
The topic text, e.g. the content that can be edited |
%META{"form"}% |
TWikiForm, if any |
%META{"attachments"}% |
FileAttachment table |
%META{"parent"}% |
The topic parent |
%EDITTOPIC% |
Edit link |
%REVTITLE% |
The revision title, if any, ex: (r1.6) |
%REVINFO% |
Revision info, ex: r1.6 - 24 Dec 2002 - 08:12 GMT - TWikiGuest |
%WEBCOPYRIGHT% |
Copyright notice, defined in the WebPreferences |
%BROADCASTMESSAGE% |
Broadcast message at the beginning of your view template, can be used to alert users of scheduled downtimes; can be set in TWikiPreferences |
The default skins include a Jump Box, to jump to a topic.
The box also understands URLs, e.g. you can type http://www.google.com/
to jump to an external web site. The feature is handy if you build a skin that has a select box of frequently used links, like Intranet home, employee database, sales database and such. A little JavaScript gets into action on the onchange
method of the select tag to fill the selected URL into the "Go" box field, then submits the form.
Here is an example form that has a select box and the Jump Box for illustration purposes. You need to have JavaScript enabled for this to work:
Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure
(Miscellaneous, {AllowRedirectUrl}
).
CSS files are gererally attachments to the skin topic that are included in the the skin templates - in the case of PatternSkin in the template styles.pattern.tmpl
.
<style type='text/css' media='all'>@import url('%PUBURLPATH%/%SYSTEMWEB%/MySkin/mystyle.css');</style>
The format of standard attachment tables is defined through the use of special TWiki template macros which by default, are defined in the attachtables.tmpl
template using the %TMPL:DEF
macro syntax described in TWikiTemplates. These macros are:
Macro | Description |
---|---|
ATTACH:files:header |
Standard title bar |
ATTACH:files:row |
Standard row |
ATTACH:files:footer |
Footer for all screens |
ATTACH:files:header:A |
Title bar for upload screens, with attributes column |
ATTACH:files:row:A |
Row for upload screen |
ATTACH:files:footer:A |
Footer for all screens |
The format of tables of file versions in the Upload screen can also be changed, using the macros:
Macro | Description |
---|---|
ATTACH:versions:header |
Header for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:versions:row |
Row format for versions table on upload screen |
ATTACH:versions:footer |
Footer for versions table on upload screen |
The ATTACH:row
macros are expanded for each file in the attachment table, using the following special tags:
Tag | Description |
---|---|
%A_URL% |
viewfile URL that will recover the file |
%A_REV% |
Revision of this file |
%A_ICON% |
A file icon suitable for representing the attachment content |
%A_FILE% |
The name of the file. To get the 'pub' url of the file, use %PUBURL%/%WEB%/%TOPIC%/%A_FILE% |
%A_SIZE% |
The size of the file |
%A_DATE% |
The date the file was uploaded |
%A_USER% |
The user who uploaded it |
%A_COMMENT% |
The comment they put in when uploading it |
%A_ATTRS% |
The attributes of the file as seen on the upload screen e.g "h" for a hidden file |
See TWiki:Plugins/SkinPackagingHowTo and TWiki:Plugins/SkinDeveloperFAQ
You can try out all installed skins in the TWikiSkinBrowser.
TWiki uses a skin search path, which lets you combine skins additively. The skin path is defined using a combination of TWikiVariables and URL parameters.
TWiki works by asking for a template for a particular function - for example, 'view'. The detail of how templates are searched for is described in TWikiTemplates, but in summary, the templates directory is searched for a file called view.
skin.tmpl
, where skin is the name of the skin e.g. pattern
. If no template is found, then the fallback is to use view.tmpl
. Each skin on the path is searched for in turn. For example, if you have set the skin path to local,pattern
then view.local.tmpl
will be searched for first, then view.pattern.tmpl
and finally view.tmpl
.
The basic skin is defined by a SKIN
setting:
Set SKIN = catskin, bearskin
You can also add a parameter to the URL, such as ?skin=catskin,bearskin
:
Setting SKIN
(or the ?skin
parameter in the URL) replaces the existing skin path setting, for the current page only. You can also extend the existing skin path as well, using covers.
Set COVER = ruskin
This pushes a different skin to the front of the skin search path (so for our example above, that final skin path will be ruskin, catskin, bearskin
). There is also an equivalent cover
URL parameter. The difference between setting SKIN
vs. COVER
is that if the chosen template is not found (e.g., for included templates), SKIN
will fall back onto the next skin in line, or the default skin, if only one skin was present, while COVER
will always fall back onto the current skin.
An example would be invoking the printable mode, which is achieved by applying ?cover=print
. The view.print.tmpl
simply invokes the viewprint
template for the current skin which then can appropriately include all other used templates for the current skin. Where the printable mode be applied by using SKIN
, all skins would have the same printable appearance.
The full skin path is built up as follows: SKIN
setting (or ?skin
if it is set), then COVER
setting is added, then ?cover
.
The text
skin is reserved for TWiki internal use.
Skin names starting with rss
also have a special meaning; if one or more of the skins in the skin path starts with 'rss' then 8-bit characters will be encoded as XML entities in the output, and the content-type
header will be forced to text/xml
.
Related Topics: TWikiSkinBrowser, AdminDocumentationCategory, DeveloperDocumentationCategory, TWiki:TWiki.TWikiSkinsSupplement
-- Contributors: TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.MikeMannix, TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie
Additional topic data, program-generated or from TWikiForms, is stored embedded in the topic text using META:
tags
By default, TWiki stores topics in files on disk, in a really simple and obvious directory structure. The big advantage of this approach is that it makes it really easy to manipulate topics from outside TWiki, and is also very safe; there are no complex binary indexes to maintain, and moving a topic from one TWiki to another is as simple as copying a couple of text files.
To keep eveything together in one place, TWiki uses a simple method for embedding additional data (program-generated or from TWikiForms) in topics. It does this using META:
tags.
META:
data includes program-generated info like FileAttachment and topic movement data, and user-defined TWikiForms info.
%META:<type>{key1="value1" key2="value2" ...}%
name
, this appears first for easier searching (note the order of the variables themselves is defined).
Example of Format%META:TOPICINFO{version="1.6" date="976762663" author="LastEditorWikiName" format="1.0"}% text of the topic %META:TOPICMOVED{from="Codev.OldName" to="Codev.NewName" by="TopicMoverWikiName" date="976762680"}% %META:TOPICPARENT{name="NavigationByTopicContext"}% %META:FILEATTACHMENT{name="Sample.txt" version="1.3" ... }% %META:FILEATTACHMENT{name="Smile.gif" version="1.1" ... }% %META:FORM{name="WebFormTemplate"}% %META:FIELD{name="OperatingSystem" value="OsWin"}% %META:FIELD{name="TopicClassification" value="PublicFAQ"}%
The current version of Meta Data is 1.0, with support for the following variables.
Key | Comment |
---|---|
version | Same as RCS version |
date | integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
author | last to change topic, is the REMOTE_USER |
format | Format of this topic, will be used for automatic format conversion |
This is optional, exists if topic has ever been moved. If a topic is moved more than once, only the most recent META:TOPICMOVED meta variable exists in the topic, older ones are to be found in the rcs history.
%META:TOPICMOVED{from="Codev.OldName" to="Codev.NewName" by="talintj" date="976762680"}%
Key | Comment |
---|---|
from | Full name, i.e., web.topic |
to | Full name, i.e., web.topic |
by | Who did it, is the REMOTE_USER, not WikiName |
date | integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
Notes:
Key | Comment |
---|---|
name | The topic from which this was created, typically when clicking on a red-link, or by filling out a form. Normally just TopicName , but it can be a full Web.TopicName format if the parent is in a different Web. |
Key | Comment |
---|---|
name | Name of file, no path. Must be unique within topic |
version | Same as RCS revision |
path | Full path file was loaded from |
size | In bytes |
date | integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
user | the REMOTE_USER, not WikiName |
comment | As supplied when file uploaded |
attr | h if hidden, optional |
Extra fields that are added if an attachment is moved:
Key | Comment |
---|---|
movedfrom | full topic name - web.topic |
movedby | the REMOTE_USER, not WikiName |
movedto | full topic name - web.topic |
moveddate | integer, unix time, seconds since start 1970 |
Key | Comment |
---|---|
name | A topic name - the topic represents one of the TWikiForms. Can optionally include the web name (i.e., web.topic), but doesn't normally |
Should only be present if there is a META:FORM entry. Note that this data is used when viewing a topic, the form template definition is not read.
Key | Name |
---|---|
name | Ties to entry in TWikiForms template, is title with all bar alphanumerics and . removed |
title | Full text from TWikiForms template |
value | Value user has supplied via form |
There is no absolute need for Meta Data variables to be listed in a specific order within a topic, but it makes sense to do so a couple of good reasons:
diff
function output appears in a logical order
The recommended sequence is:
META:TOPICINFO
META:TOPICPARENT
(optional)
META:TOPICMOVED
(optional)
META:FILEATTACHMENT
(0 or more entries)
META:FORM
(optional)
META:FIELD
(0 or more entries; FORM required)
When viewing a topic the Raw Text
link can be clicked to show the text of a topic (i.e., as seen when editing). This is done by adding raw=on
to URL. raw=debug
shows the meta data as well as the topic data, ex: debug view for this topic
Meta Data is rendered with the %META% variable. This is mostly used in the view
, preview
and edit
scripts.
You can render form fields in topic text by using the FORMFIELD variable. Example:
%FORMFIELD{"TopicClassification"}%
For details, see VarFORMFIELD.
Current support covers:
Variable usage: | Comment: |
---|---|
%META{"form"}% |
Show form data, see TWikiForms. |
%META{"formfield"}% |
Show form field value. Parameter: name="field_name" . Example:%META{ "formfield" name="TopicClassification" }% |
%META{"attachments"}% |
Show attachments, except for hidden ones. Options: all="on" : Show all attachments, including hidden ones. |
%META{"moved"}% |
Details of any topic moves. |
%META{"parent"}% |
Show topic parent. Options: dontrecurse="on" : By default recurses up tree, at some cost. nowebhome="on" : Suppress WebHome. prefix="..." : Prefix for parents, only if there are parents, default "" . suffix="..." : Suffix, only appears if there are parents, default "" . separator="..." : Separator between parents, default is " > " . |
Note: SEARCH can also be used to render meta data, see examples in FormattedSearch and SearchPatternCookbook.
Related Topics: DeveloperDocumentationCategory, UserDocumentationCategory
Add functionality to TWiki with extensions not based on the TWiki scripts.
An add-on runs separately from the TWiki scripts, e.g. for data import, export to static HTML, etc. Add-Ons normally do not call any TWiki code directly, though may invoke TWiki scripts. There are different types of add-ons, they may be stand alone scripts, browser plugins, office tool extensions, or even a set of TWiki topics that form a TWiki application.
Relevant links on TWiki.org:
See other types of extensions: TWikiContribs, TWikiPlugins, TWikiSkins
Reusable code that may be used over several plugins and add-ons.
TWiki contribs extend the functionality of TWiki, typically used by plugins and add-ons. They may also provide alternative implementations for sections of the TWiki core e.g. user management, or when an extension just can't be implemented as a plugin because it requires very close access to TWiki internals.
Relevant links on TWiki.org:
See other types of extensions: TWikiAddOns, TWikiPlugins, TWikiSkins
Behaviour
Javascript event library to create Javascript based interactions that degrade well when Javascript is not available - version 18694 (2010-05-29)
Add functionality to TWiki with readily available plugins; create plugins based on APIs
You can add plugins to extend TWiki functionality, without altering the core code. A plug-in approach lets you:
Everything to do with TWiki plugins - demos, new releases, downloads, development, general discussion - is available at TWiki.org, in the TWiki:Plugins web.
TWiki plugins are developed and contributed by interested members of the community. Plugins are provided on an 'as is' basis; they are not a part of TWiki, but are independently developed and maintained.
Relevant links on TWiki.org:
See other types of extensions: TWikiAddOns, TWikiContribs, TWikiSkins
Each TWiki plugin comes with its own documentation: step-by-step installation instructions, a detailed description of any special requirements, version details, and a working example for testing. Many plugins have an install script that automates these steps for you.
Special Requirements: Some plugins need certain Perl modules to be preinstalled on the host system. Plugins may also use other resources, like graphics, other modules, applications, and templates. You should be able to find detailed instructions in the plugin's documentation.
Each plugin has a standard release topic, located in the TWiki:Plugins web at TWiki.org. There's usually a number of other related topics, such as a developers page, and an appraisal page.
The recommended approach to testing new plugins before making them public is to create a second local TWiki installation, and test the plugin there. You can allow selected users access to the test area. Once you are satisfied that it won't compromise your main installation, you can install it there as well.
InstalledPlugins shows which plugins are: 1) installed, 2) loading properly, and 3) what TWiki:Codev.PluginHandlers they invoke. Any failures are shown in the Errors section. The %FAILEDPLUGINS%
variable can be used to debug failures. You may also want to check your webserver error log and the various TWiki log files.
The performance of the system depends to some extent on the number of plugins installed and on the plugin implementation. Some plugins impose no measurable performance decrease, some do. For example, a Plugin might use many Perl libraries that need to be initialized with each page view (unless you run mod_perl). You can only really tell the performance impact by installing the plugin and by measuring the performance with and without the new plugin. Use the TWiki:Plugins.PluginBenchmarkAddOn, or test manually with the Apache ab
utility. Example on Unix:
time wget -qO /dev/null /twiki/bin/view/TWiki/AbcPlugin
If you need to install an "expensive" plugin, but you only need its functionality only in a subset of your data, you can disable it elsewhere by defining the %DISABLEDPLUGINS% TWiki variable.
Define DISABLEDPLUGINS
to be a comma-separated list of names of plugins to disable. Define it in Main.TWikiPreferences to disable those plugins everywhere, in the WebPreferences topic to disable them in an individual web, or in a topic to disable them in that topic. For example,
* Set DISABLEDPLUGINS = SpreadSheetPlugin, EditTablePlugin
Some plugins require additional settings or offer extra options that you have to select. Also, you may want to make a plugin available only in certain webs, or temporarily disable it. And may want to list all available plugins in certain topics. You can handle all of these management tasks with simple procedures:
Plugins can be enabled and disabled with the configure script. An installed plugin needs to be enabled before it can be used.
By default, TWiki executes plugins in alphabetical order on plugin name. It is possible to change the order, for example to evaluate database variables before the spreadsheet CALCs. This can be done with {PluginsOrder}
in the plugins section of configure.
Plugins can be configured with 1. preferences settings and/or 2. with configure settings. Older plugins use plugin preferences settings defined in the plugin topic, which is no longer recommended.
1. Use preferences settings:
Adinistrators can set plugin-specific settings in the local site preferences at Main.TWikiPreferences and users can overload them at the web level and page level. This approach is recommended if users should be able to overload settings. For security this is not recommended for system settings, such as a path to an executable. By convention, preferences setting names start with the plugin name in all caps, and an underscore. For example, to set the cache refresh period of the TWiki:Plugins.VarCachePlugin, add this bullet in Main.TWikiPreferences
Set VARCACHEPLUGIN_REFRESH = 24
Preferences settings that have been defined in Main.TWikiPreferences can be retrieved anywhere in TWiki with %<pluginname>_<setting>%
, such as %VARCACHEPLUGIN_REFRESH%
.
To learn how this is done, use the TWiki:Plugins.VarCachePlugin documentation and Perl plugin code as a reference.
2. Use configure settings:
The administrator can set plugin settings in the configure interface. Recommended if only site administrators should be able to change settings. Chose this option to set sensitive or dangerous system settings, such as passwords or path to executables. To define plugin-specific configure settings,
lib/TWiki/Plugins/YourPlugin/
with variables, such as$TWiki::cfg{Plugins}{RecentVisitorPlugin}{ShowIP} = 0;
$showIP = $TWiki::cfg{Plugins}{RecentVisitorPlugin}{ShowIP} || 0;
To learn how this is done, use the TWiki:Plugins.RecentVisitorPlugin documentation and Perl plugin code as a reference.
In either case, define a SHORTDESCRIPTION setting in two places:
Set SHORTDESCRIPTION = Show recent visitors to a TWiki site
our $SHORTDESCRIPTION = 'Show recent visitors to a TWiki site';
For better performance, make sure you define this in the plugin package:
our $NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC = 1;
Plugin status variables let you list all active plugins wherever needed.
This site is running TWiki version TWiki-6.1.0, Mon, 16 Jul 2018, build 30610, plugin API version 6.10
%ACTIVATEDPLUGINS%
%PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS%
"$SUM( $ABOVE() )"
to TWiki tables or anywhere in topic text ExternalSite:Page
to link to a page on an external site based on aliases defined in a rules topic :-)
for :eek:
for %FAILEDPLUGINS%
Plugin | Errors |
---|---|
SpreadSheetPlugin | none |
BackupRestorePlugin | none |
ColorPickerPlugin | none |
CommentPlugin | none |
DatePickerPlugin | none |
EditTablePlugin | none |
HeadlinesPlugin | none |
InterwikiPlugin | none |
JQueryPlugin | none |
PreferencesPlugin | none |
RedirectPlugin | none |
SetGetPlugin | none |
SlideShowPlugin | none |
SmiliesPlugin | none |
TWikiSheetPlugin | none |
TablePlugin | none |
TagMePlugin | none |
TinyMCEPlugin | none |
TwistyPlugin | none |
WatchlistPlugin | none |
WysiwygPlugin | none |
Handler | Plugins |
---|---|
afterEditHandler | WysiwygPlugin |
afterRenameHandler | TagMePlugin WatchlistPlugin |
afterSaveHandler | TagMePlugin WatchlistPlugin |
beforeCommonTagsHandler | EditTablePlugin PreferencesPlugin TWikiSheetPlugin TwistyPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
beforeEditHandler | TinyMCEPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
beforeMergeHandler | WysiwygPlugin |
beforeSaveHandler | CommentPlugin WatchlistPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
commonTagsHandler | SpreadSheetPlugin BackupRestorePlugin CommentPlugin EditTablePlugin JQueryPlugin SlideShowPlugin SmiliesPlugin TWikiSheetPlugin |
initPlugin | SpreadSheetPlugin BackupRestorePlugin ColorPickerPlugin CommentPlugin DatePickerPlugin EditTablePlugin HeadlinesPlugin InterwikiPlugin JQueryPlugin PreferencesPlugin RedirectPlugin SetGetPlugin SlideShowPlugin SmiliesPlugin TWikiSheetPlugin TablePlugin TagMePlugin TinyMCEPlugin TwistyPlugin WatchlistPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
modifyHeaderHandler | WysiwygPlugin |
postRenderingHandler | PreferencesPlugin WysiwygPlugin |
preRenderingHandler | InterwikiPlugin SmiliesPlugin TablePlugin |
The Application Programming Interface (API) for TWiki plugins provides the specifications for hooking into the core TWiki code from your external Perl plugin module.
The TWikiFuncDotPm module (lib/TWiki/Func.pm
) describes all the interfaces available to plugins. Plugins should only use the interfaces described in this module.
Note: If you use other core functions not described in
Func.pm
, you run the risk of creating security holes. Also, your plugin will likely break and require updating when you upgrade to a new version of TWiki.
In addition to TWiki core functions, plugins can use predefined hooks, or callbacks, as described in the lib/TWiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm
module.
#
from all lines of the callback.
TWiki:Codev.StepByStepRenderingOrder helps you decide which rendering handler to use.
eval
block like this:eval { require IPC::Run }
return "<font color=\"red\">SamplePlugin: Can't load required modules ($@)</font>" if $@;
lib/TWiki/Plugins/BathPlugin/
.
$NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
in your plugin package as that will stop TWiki from reading the plugin topic for every page. Use Config.spec or preferences settings instead. (See details).
To eliminate the incompatibility problems that are bound to arise from active open plugin development, a plugin versioning system is provided for automatic compatibility checking.
$VERSION
variable. This should be an integer, or a subversion version id.
initPlugin
handler should check all dependencies and return 1 if the initialization is OK or 0 if something went wrong. initPlugin
handler).
$TWiki::Plugins::VERSION
in the TWiki::Plugins
module contains the TWiki plugin API version, currently 6.10. %PLUGINVERSION{}%
variable to query the plugin API version or the version of installed plugins.
%TWiki::cfg
hash than adding it as preferences in the plugin topic. configure
describes the steps
With a reasonable knowledge of the Perl scripting language, you can create new plugins or modify and extend existing ones. Basic plug-in architecture uses an Application Programming Interface (API), a set of software instructions that allow external code to interact with the main program. The TWiki Plugin API provides the programming interface for TWiki.
A (very) basic TWiki plugin consists of two files:
MyFirstPlugin.pm
MyFirstPlugin.txt
The Perl module can be a block of code that talks to with TWiki alone, or it can include other elements, like other Perl modules (including other plugins), graphics, TWiki templates, external applications (ex: a Java applet), or just about anything else it can call.
In particular, files that should be web-accessible (graphics, Java applets ...) are best placed as attachments of the MyFirstPlugin
topic. Other needed Perl code is best placed in a lib/TWiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin/
directory.
The plugin API handles the details of connecting your Perl module with main TWiki code. When you're familiar with the Plugin API, you're ready to develop plugins.
The TWiki:Plugins.BuildContrib module provides a lot of support for plugins development, including a plugin creator, automatic publishing support, and automatic installation script writer. If you plan on writing more than one plugin, you probably need it.
Copy file lib/TWiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm
to <name>Plugin.pm
. The EmptyPlugin.pm
module contains mostly empty functions, so it does nothing, but it's ready to be used. Customize it. Refer to the Plugin API specs for more information.
If your plugin uses its own modules and objects, you must include the name of the plugin in the package name. For example, write Package MyFirstPlugin::Attrs;
instead of just Package Attrs;
. Then call it using:
use TWiki::Plugins::MyFirstPlugin::Attrs; $var = MyFirstPlugin::Attrs->new();
The plugin documentation topic contains usage instructions and version details. It serves the plugin files as FileAttachments for downloading. (The doc topic is also included in the distribution package.) To create a documentation topic:
MyFirstPlugin
, press enter and create the new topic
OUTLINE: Doc Topic Contents
Check the plugins web on TWiki.org for the latest plugin doc topic template. Here's a quick overview of what's covered:Syntax Rules: <Describe any special text formatting that will be rendered.>"
Example: <Include an example of the plugin in action. Possibly include a static HTML version of the example to compare if the installation was a success!>"
Plugin Settings: <Description and settings for custom plugin %VARIABLES%, and those required by TWiki.>"
Plugin Installation Instructions: <Step-by-step set-up guide, user help, whatever it takes to install and run, goes here.>"
Plugin Info: <Version, credits, history, requirements - entered in a form, displayed as a table. Both are automatically generated when you create or edit a page in the TWiki:Plugins web.>"
The TWiki:Plugins.BuildContrib is a powerful build environment that is used by the TWiki project to build TWiki itself, as well as many of the plugins. You don't have to use it, but it is highly recommended!
If you don't want (or can't) use the BuildContrib, then a minimum plugin release consists of a Perl module with a WikiName that ends in Plugin
, ex: MyFirstPlugin.pm
, and a documentation page with the same name(MyFirstPlugin.txt
).
lib/TWiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
data/TWiki/MyFirstPlugin.txt
pub/TWiki/MyFirstPlugin/uparrow.gif
[a required graphic]
MyFirstPlugin.zip
) and add the entire directory structure from Step 1. The archive should look like this: lib/TWiki/Plugins/MyFirstPlugin.pm
data/TWiki/MyFirstPlugin.txt
pub/TWiki/MyFirstPlugin/uparrow.gif
A high quality plugin performs well. You can use the TWiki:Plugins.PluginBenchmarkAddOn to measure your TWiki:Plugins.PluginBenchmarks. The data is needed as part of the Documentation Topic.
See also Hints on Writing Fast Plugins.
You can release your tested, packaged plugin to the TWiki community through the TWiki:Plugins web. All plugins submitted to TWiki.org are available for download and further development in TWiki:Plugins/PluginPackage.
Publish your plugin by following these steps:
MyFirstPlugin
MyFirstPlugin.zip
Dev
, ex: MyFirstPluginDev
. This is the discussion page for future development. (User support for plugins is handled in TWiki:Support.)
Once you have done the above steps once, you can use the BuildContrib to upload updates to your plugin.
Thank you very much for sharing your plugin with the TWiki community
Plugins sometimes need to store data. This can be plugin internal data such as cache data, or data generated for browser consumption such as images. Plugins should store data using TWikiFuncDotPm functions that support saving and loading of topics and attachments.
You can create a plugin "work area" using the TWiki::Func::getWorkArea()
function, which gives you a persistent directory where you can store data files. By default they will not be web accessible. The directory is guaranteed to exist, and to be writable by the webserver user. For convenience, TWiki::Func::storeFile()
and TWiki::Func::readFile()
are provided to persistently store and retrieve simple data in this area.
Topic-specific data such as generated images can be stored in the topic's attachment area, which is web accessible. Use the TWiki::Func::saveAttachment()
function to store the data.
Recommendation for file name:
_GaugePlugin_img123.gif
Web specific data can be stored in the plugin's attachment area, which is web accessible. Use the TWiki::Func::saveAttachment()
function to store the data.
Recommendation for file names in plugin attachment area:
_Main_roundedge-ul.gif
configure
configure
rather than trying to use TWiki preferences variables. These extensions use Config.spec
files to publish their configuration requirements.
Config.spec
files are read during TWiki configuration. Once a Config.spec
has defined a configuration item, it is available for edit through the standard configure
interface. Config.spec
files are stored in the 'plugin directory' e.g. lib/TWiki/Plugins/BathPlugin/Config.spec
.
Config.spec
file Config.spec
file for an extension starts with the extension announcing what it is:
# ---+ Extensions # ---++ BathPlugin # This plugin senses the level of water in your bath, and ensures the plug # is not removed while the water is still warm.This is followed by one or more configuration items. Each configuration item has a type, a description and a default. For example:
# **SELECT Plastic,Rubber,Metal** # Select the plug type $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{PlugType} = 'Plastic'; # **NUMBER** # Enter the chain length in cm $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{ChainLength} = 30; # **BOOLEAN EXPERT** # Set this option to 0 to disable the water temperature alarm $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled} = 1;The type (e.g.
**SELECT**
) tells configure
to how to prompt for the value. It also tells configure
how to do some basic checking on the value you actually enter. All the comments between the type and the configuration item are taken as part of the description. The configuration item itself defines the default value for the configuration item. The above spec defines the configuration items $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{PlugType}
, $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{ChainLength}
, and $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled}
for use in your plugin. For example,
if( $TWiki::cfg{BathPlugin}{TempSensorEnabled} && $curTemperature > 50 ) { die "The bathwater is too hot for comfort"; }
The Config.spec file is read by configure
, which then writes LocalSite.cfg
with the values chosen by the local site admin.
A range of types are available for use in Config.spec
files:
BOOLEAN | A true/false value, represented as a checkbox |
COMMAND length | A shell command |
LANGUAGE | A language (selected from {LocalesDir} |
NUMBER | A number |
OCTAL | An octal number |
PASSWORD length | A password (input is hidden) |
PATH length | A file path |
PERL | A perl structure, consisting of arrays and hashes |
REGEX length | A perl regular expression |
SELECT choices | Pick one of a range of choices |
SELECTCLASS root | Select a perl package (class) |
STRING length | A string |
URL length | A url |
URLPATH length | A relative URL path |
All types can be followed by a comma-separated list of attributes.
EXPERT | means this an expert option |
M | means the setting is mandatory (may not be empty) |
H | means the option is not visible in configure |
See lib/TWiki.spec
for many more examples.
Config.spec
files for non-plugin extensions are stored under the Contrib
directory instead of the Plugins
directory.
Note that from TWiki 5.0 onwards, CGI scripts (in the TWiki bin
directory) provided by extensions must also have an entry in the Config.spec
file. This entry looks like this (example taken from PublishContrib)
# **PERL H** # Bin script registration - do not modify $TWiki::cfg{SwitchBoard}{publish} = [ "TWiki::Contrib::Publish", "publish", { publishing => 1 } ];
PERL
specifies a perl data structure, and H
a hidden setting (it won't appear in configure
). The first field of the data value specifies the class where the function that implements the script can be found. The second field specifies the name of the function, which must be the same as the name of the script. The third parameter is a hash of initial context settings for the script.
TWiki:TWiki/SpecifyingConfigurationItemsForExtensions has supplemental documentation on configure settings.
Each published plugin has a plugin development topic on TWiki.org. Plugin development topics are named after your plugin and end in Dev
, such as MyFirstPluginDev
. The plugin development topic is a great resource to discuss feature enhancements and to get feedback from the TWiki community.
The plugin interface (TWikiFuncDotPm functions and plugin handlers) evolve over time. TWiki introduces new API functions to address the needs of plugin authors. Plugins using unofficial TWiki internal functions may no longer work on a TWiki upgrade.
Organizations typically do not upgrade to the latest TWiki for many months. However, many administrators still would like to install the latest versions of a plugin on their older TWiki installation. This need is fulfilled if plugins are maintained in a compatible manner.
Tip: Plugins can be written to be compatible with older and newer TWiki releases. This can be done also for plugins using unofficial TWiki internal functions of an earlier release that no longer work on the latest TWiki codebase.
Here is an example; the TWiki:TWiki.TWikiPluginsSupplement#MaintainPlugins has more details.
if( $TWiki::Plugins::VERSION >= 1.1 ) { @webs = TWiki::Func::getListOfWebs( 'user,public' ); } else { @webs = TWiki::Func::getPublicWebList( ); }
From time-to-time, the TWiki developers will add new functions to the interface (either to TWikiFuncDotPm, or new handlers). Sometimes these improvements mean that old functions have to be deprecated to keep the code manageable. When this happens, the deprecated functions will be supported in the interface for at least one more TWiki release, and probably longer, though this cannot be guaranteed.
When a plugin defines deprecated handlers, a warning will be shown in the list generated by %FAILEDPLUGINS%. Admins who see these warnings should check TWiki.org and if necessary, contact the plugin author, for an updated version of the plugin.
Updated plugins may still need to define deprecated handlers for compatibility with old TWiki versions. In this case, the plugin package that defines old handlers can suppress the warnings in %FAILEDPLUGINS%.
This is done by defining a map from the handler name to the TWiki::Plugins
version in which the handler was first deprecated. For example, if we need to define the endRenderingHandler
for compatibility with TWiki::Plugins
versions before 1.1, we would add this to the plugin:
package TWiki::Plugins::SinkPlugin; use vars qw( %TWikiCompatibility ); $TWikiCompatibility{endRenderingHandler} = 1.1;If the currently-running TWiki version is 1.1 or later, then the handler will not be called and the warning will not be issued. TWiki with versions of
TWiki::Plugins
before 1.1 will still call the handler as required.
Official list of stable TWiki functions for Plugin developers
This module defines official functions that TWiki plugins can use to interact with the TWiki engine and content.
Refer to EmptyPlugin and lib/TWiki/Plugins/EmptyPlugin.pm for a template plugin and documentation on how to write a plugin.
Plugins should only use functions published in this module. If you use functions in other TWiki libraries you might create a security hole and you will probably need to change your plugin when you upgrade TWiki.
Deprecated functions will still work in older code, though they should not be called in new plugins and should be replaced in older plugins as soon as possible.
The version of the TWiki::Func module is defined by the VERSION number of the
TWiki::Plugins module, currently 6.10. This can be shown
by the %PLUGINVERSION%
TWiki variable, and accessed in code using
$TWiki::Plugins::VERSION
. The 'Since' field in the function
documentation refers to $TWiki::Plugins::VERSION
.
Notes on use of $TWiki::Plugins::VERSION
(from 1.2 forwards):
1.
) is the same then any plugin coded to use any earlier revision of the 1.
API will still work. No function has been removed from the interface, nor has any API published in that version changed in such a way as to require plugins to be recoded.
TWiki::Plugins::VERSION
also applies to the plugin handlers. The handlers are documented in the EmptyPlugin, and that module indicates what version of TWiki::Plugins::VERSION
it relates to.
A full history of the changes to this API can be found at the end of this topic.
Get the skin path, set by the SKIN
and COVER
preferences variables or the skin
and cover
CGI parameters
Return: $skin
Comma-separated list of skins, e.g. 'gnu,tartan'
. Empty string if none.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (29 Jul 2001)
Get protocol, domain and optional port of script URL
Return: $host
URL host, e.g. "http://example.com:80"
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Compose fully qualified URL
$web
- Web name, e.g. 'Main'
$topic
- Topic name, e.g. 'WebNotify'
$script
- Script name, e.g. 'view'
...
- an arbitrary number of name=>value parameter pairs that will be url-encoded and added to the url. The special parameter name '#' is reserved for specifying an anchor. e.g. getScriptUrl('x','y','view','#'=>'XXX',a=>1,b=>2) will give .../view/x/y?a=1&b=2#XXX
Return: $url
URL, e.g. "http://example.com:80/cgi-bin/view.pl/Main/WebNotify"
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Compose fully qualified view URL
$web
- Web name, e.g. 'Main'
. The current web is taken if empty
$topic
- Topic name, e.g. 'WebNotify'
$url
URL, e.g. "http://example.com:80/cgi-bin/view.pl/Main/WebNotify"
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Get pub URL path
Return: $path
URL path of pub directory, e.g. "/pub"
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (14 Jul 2001)
Get whatever is at the other end of a URL (using an HTTP GET request). Will
only work for encrypted protocols such as https
if the LWP
CPAN module is
installed.
Note that the $url
may have an optional user and password, as specified by
the relevant RFC. Any proxy set in configure
is honoured.
The $response
is an object that is known to implement the following subset of
the methods of LWP::Response
. It may in fact be an LWP::Response
object,
but it may also not be if LWP
is not available, so callers may only assume
the following subset of methods is available:
code() |
message() |
header($field) |
content() |
is_error() |
is_redirect() |
Note that if LWP is not available, this function:
require LWP
.
In the event of the server returning an error, then is_error()
will return
true, code()
will return a valid HTTP status code
as specified in RFC 2616 and RFC 2518, and message()
will return the
message that was received from
the server. In the event of a client-side error (e.g. an unparseable URL)
then is_error()
will return true and message()
will return an explanatory
message. code()
will return 400 (BAD REQUEST).
Note: Callers can easily check the availability of other HTTP::Response methods as follows:
my $response = TWiki::Func::getExternalResource($url); if (!$response->is_error() && $response->isa('HTTP::Response')) { ... other methods of HTTP::Response may be called } else { ... only the methods listed above may be called }
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Get CGI query object. Important: Plugins cannot assume that scripts run under CGI, Plugins must always test if the CGI query object is set
Return: $query
CGI query object; or 0 if script is called as a shell script
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Session keys are stored and retrieved using setSessionValue
and
getSessionValue
.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Get a session value from the client session module
$key
- Session key
$value
Value associated with key; empty string if not set
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (27 Feb 200)
Set a session value.
$key
- Session key
$value
- Value associated with key
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (17 Aug 2001)
Clear a session value that was set using setSessionValue
.
$key
- name of value stored in session to be cleared. Note that you cannot clear AUTHUSER
.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Get a hash of context identifiers representing the currently active context.
The context is a set of identifiers that are set during specific phases of TWiki processing. For example, each of the standard scripts in the 'bin' directory each has a context identifier - the view script has 'view', the edit script has 'edit' etc. So you can easily tell what 'type' of script your Plugin is being called within. The core context identifiers are listed in the IfStatements topic. Please be careful not to overwrite any of these identifiers!
Context identifiers can be used to communicate between Plugins, and between Plugins and templates. For example, in FirstPlugin.pm, you might write:
sub initPlugin { TWiki::Func::getContext()->{'MyID'} = 1; ...This can be used in SecondPlugin.pm like this:
sub initPlugin { if( TWiki::Func::getContext()->{'MyID'} ) { ... } ...or in a template, like this:
%TMPL:DEF{"ON"}% Not off %TMPL:END% %TMPL:DEF{"OFF"}% Not on %TMPL:END% %TMPL:P{context="MyID" then="ON" else="OFF"}%or in a topic:
%IF{"context MyID" then="MyID is ON" else="MyID is OFF"}%Note: all plugins have an automatically generated context identifier if they are installed and initialised. For example, if the FirstPlugin is working, the context ID 'FirstPlugin' will be set.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
$web
- new web
$topic
- new topic
$web.$topic
from now on. All the preferences will be reset to those of the new topic.
Note that if the new topic is not readable by the logged in user due to
access control considerations, there will not be an exception. It is the
duty of the caller to check access permissions before changing the topic.
It is the duty of the caller to restore the original context by calling
popTopicContext
.
Note that this call does not re-initialise plugins, so if you have used
global variables to remember the web and topic in initPlugin
, then those
values will be unchanged.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Returns the TWiki context to the state it was in before the
pushTopicContext
was called.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Get a preferences value from TWiki or from a Plugin
$key
- Preferences key
$web
- Name of web, optional. Current web if not specified; does not apply to settings of Plugin topics
$value
Preferences value; empty string if not set
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
* Set COLOR = red
"MYPLUGIN_COLOR"
for $key
my $color = TWiki::Func::getPreferencesValue( "MYPLUGIN_COLOR" );
* Set WEBBGCOLOR = #FFFFC0
my $webColor = TWiki::Func::getPreferencesValue( 'WEBBGCOLOR', 'Sandbox' );
NOTE: As of TWiki4.1, if $NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
is enabled in the plugin, then
preferences set in the plugin topic will be ignored.
Get a preferences value from your Plugin
$key
- Plugin Preferences key w/o PLUGINNAME_ prefix.
$value
Preferences value; empty string if not set
Note: This function will will only work when called from the Plugin.pm file itself. it will not work if called from a sub-package (e.g. TWiki::Plugins::MyPlugin::MyModule)
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.021 (27 Mar 2004)
NOTE: As of TWiki4.1, if $NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
is enabled in the plugin, then
preferences set in the plugin topic will be ignored.
Get a preferences flag from TWiki or from a Plugin
$key
- Preferences key
$web
- Name of web, optional. Current web if not specified; does not apply to settings of Plugin topics
$value
Preferences flag '1'
(if set), or "0"
(for preferences values "off"
, "no"
and "0"
)
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
* Set SHOWHELP = off
"MYPLUGIN_SHOWHELP"
for $key
my $showHelp = TWiki::Func::getPreferencesFlag( "MYPLUGIN_SHOWHELP" );
NOTE: As of TWiki4.1, if $NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
is enabled in the plugin, then
preferences set in the plugin topic will be ignored.
Get a preferences flag from your Plugin
$key
- Plugin Preferences key w/o PLUGINNAME_ prefix.
"off"
, "no"
and "0"
, or values not set at all. True otherwise.
Note: This function will will only work when called from the Plugin.pm file itself. it will not work if called from a sub-package (e.g. TWiki::Plugins::MyPlugin::MyModule)
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.021 (27 Mar 2004)
NOTE: As of TWiki4.1, if $NO_PREFS_IN_TOPIC
is enabled in the plugin, then
preferences set in the plugin topic will be ignored.
Set the preferences value so that future calls to getPreferencesValue will
return this value, and %$name%
will expand to the preference when used in
future variable expansions.
The preference only persists for the rest of this request. Finalised preferences cannot be redefined using this function.
Returns 1 if the preference was defined, and 0 otherwise.
Get toolname as defined in TWiki.cfg
Return: $name
Name of tool, e.g. 'TWiki'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (27 Feb 2001)
Get name of Main web as defined in TWiki.cfg
Return: $name
Name, e.g. 'Main'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (27 Feb 2001)
Get name of TWiki documentation web as defined in TWiki.cfg
Return: $name
Name, e.g. 'TWiki'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (27 Feb 2001)
DefaultUserLogin
Return: $loginName
Default user name, e.g. 'guest'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
$user
can be a login, wikiname or web.wikiname
If $user is undefined, it assumes the currently logged-in user.
Return: $cUID
, an internal unique and portable escaped identifier for
registered users. This may be autogenerated for an authenticated but
unregistered user.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
return the WikiName of the specified user if $user is undefined Get Wiki name of logged in user
Return: $wikiName
Wiki Name, e.g. 'JohnDoe'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
return the userWeb.WikiName of the specified user if $user is undefined Get Wiki name of logged in user
Return: $wikiName
Wiki Name, e.g. "Main.JohnDoe"
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
$id
- Wiki name, e.g. 'Main.JohnDoe'
or 'JohnDoe'
. Since TWiki 4.2.1, $id may also be a login name. This will normally be transparent, but should be borne in mind if you have login names that are also legal wiki names.
Return: $loginName
Login name of user, e.g. 'jdoe'
, or undef if not
matched.
Note that it is possible for several login names to map to the same wikiname. This function will only return the first login name that maps to the wikiname.
returns undef if the WikiName is not found.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
$loginName
- Login name, e.g. 'jdoe'
. Since TWiki 4.2.1 this may also be a wiki name. This will normally be transparent, but may be relevant if you have login names that are also valid wiki names.
$dontAddWeb
- Do not add web prefix if "1"
$wikiName
Wiki name of user, e.g. 'Main.JohnDoe'
or 'JohnDoe'
userToWikiName will always return a name. If the user does not exist in the mapping, the $loginName parameter is returned. (backward compatibility)
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
$email
- email address to look up
$dontAddWeb
- Do not add web prefix if "1"
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
$user
- wikiname of user to look up
Since TWiki 4.2.1, $user may also be a login name, or the name of a group.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Test if logged in user is a guest (TWikiGuest)
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Find out if the user is an admin or not. If the user is not given, the currently logged-in user is assumed.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Find out if $id is in the named group. e.g.
if( TWiki::Func::isGroupMember( "HesperionXXGroup", "jordi" )) { ... }If
$user
is undef
, it defaults to the currently logged-in user.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Use it as follows:
my $iterator = TWiki::Func::eachUser(); while ($it->hasNext()) { my $user = $it->next(); # $user is a wikiname }
WARNING on large sites, this could be a long list!
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
$id
- WikiName or login name of the user. If $id
is undef
, defaults to the currently logged-in user.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Use it as follows:
my $iterator = TWiki::Func::eachGroup(); while ($it->hasNext()) { my $group = $it->next(); # $group is a group name e.g. TWikiAdminGroup }
WARNING on large sites, this could be a long list!
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Checks if $group
is the name of a group known to TWiki.
Use it as follows:
my $iterator = TWiki::Func::eachGroupMember('RadioheadGroup'); while ($it->hasNext()) { my $user = $it->next(); # $user is a wiki name e.g. 'TomYorke', 'PhilSelway' }
WARNING on large sites, this could be a long list!
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Check access permission for a topic based on the TWiki.TWikiAccessControl rules
$type
- Access type, required, e.g. 'VIEW'
, 'CHANGE'
.
$id
- WikiName of remote user, required, e.g. "PeterThoeny"
. From TWiki 4.2.1, $id may also be a login name. If $id
is '', 0 or undef
then access is always permitted.
$text
- Topic text, optional. If 'perl false' (undef, 0 or ''), topic $web.$topic
is consulted. $text
may optionally contain embedded %META:PREFERENCE
tags. Provide this parameter if: $meta
parameter.
$topic
- Topic name, required, e.g. 'PrivateStuff'
$web
- Web name, required, e.g. 'Sandbox'
$meta
- Meta-data object, as returned by readTopic
. Optional. If undef
, but $text
is defined, then access controls will be parsed from $text
. If defined, then metadata embedded in $text
will be ignored. This parameter is always ignored if $text
is undefined. Settings in $meta
override Set
settings in $text.
Note the weird parameter order is due to compatibility constraints with earlier TWiki releases.
Tip if you want, you can use this method to check your own access control types. For example, if you:
ThatWeb.ThisTopic
, then a call to checkAccessPermission('SPIN', 'IncyWincy', undef, 'ThisTopic', 'ThatWeb', undef)
will return true
.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (27 Feb 2001)
$filter
- spec of web types to recover
$filter
may also contain the word 'public' which will further filter
out webs that have NOSEARCHALL set on them.
'allowed' filters out webs the current user can't read.
For example, the deprecated getPublicWebList function can be duplicated as follows:
my @webs = TWiki::Func::getListOfWebs( "user,public" );
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Test if web exists
$web
- Web name, required, e.g. 'Sandbox'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (14 Jul 2001)
Check for a valid web name.
$name
- web name
$templateWeb
- flag, optional. If true, then template web names (starting with _) are considered valid, otherwise only user web names are valid.
If $TWiki::cfg{EnableHierarchicalWebs} is off, it will also return false when a nested web name is passed to it.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.4
$newWeb
is the name of the new web.
$baseWeb
is the name of an existing web (a template web). If the base web is a system web, all topics in it will be copied into the new web. If it is a normal web, only topics starting with 'Web' will be copied. If no base web is specified, an empty web (with no topics) will be created. If it is specified but does not exist, an error will be thrown.
$opts
is a ref to a hash that contains settings to be modified in
use Error qw( :try ); use TWiki::AccessControlException; try { TWiki::Func::createWeb( "Newweb" ); } catch Error::Simple with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on Error::Simple } catch TWiki::AccessControlException with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on TWiki::AccessControlException } otherwise { ... };
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Move (rename) a web.
use Error qw( :try ); use TWiki::AccessControlException; try { TWiki::Func::moveWeb( "Oldweb", "Newweb" ); } catch Error::Simple with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on Error::Simple } catch TWiki::AccessControlException with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on TWiki::AccessControlException } otherwise { ... };
To delete a web, move it to a subweb of Trash
TWiki::Func::moveWeb( "Deadweb", "Trash.Deadweb" );
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Get an iterator over the list of all the changes in the given web between
$time
and now. $time is a time in seconds since 1st Jan 1970, and is not
guaranteed to return any changes that occurred before (now -
{Store}{RememberChangesFor}). {Store}{RememberChangesFor}) is a
setting in configure
. Changes are returned in most-recent-first
order.
Use it as follows:
my $iterator = TWiki::Func::eachChangeSince( $web, time() - 7 * 24 * 60 * 60); # the last 7 days while ($iterator->hasNext()) { my $change = $iterator->next(); # $change is a perl hash that contains the following fields: # topic => topic name # user => wikiname - wikiname of user who made the change # time => time of the change # revision => revision number *after* the change # more => more info about the change (e.g. 'minor') }
Get list of all topics in a web
$web
- Web name, required, e.g. 'Sandbox'
@topics
Topic list, e.g. ( 'WebChanges', 'WebHome', 'WebIndex', 'WebNotify' )
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Test if topic exists.
$web
- Web name, optional, e.g. 'Main'
.
$topic
- Topic name, required, e.g. 'TokyoOffice'
, or "Main.TokyoOffice"
$web and $topic are parsed as described in the documentation for normalizeWebTopicName
.
Specifically, the Main is used if $web is not specified and $topic has no web specifier.
To get an expected behaviour it is recommened to specify the current web for $web; don't leave it empty.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (14 Jul 2001)
Check for a valid topic name. Names considerd valid for autolinking are WikiWords (such as 'SanFrancisco') and acronym (such as 'SWMBO').
$name
- topic name
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.4
Check if a lease has been taken by some other user.
$web
Web name, e.g. "Main"
, or empty
$topic
Topic name, e.g. "MyTopic"
, or "Main.MyTopic"
( $oopsUrl, $loginName, $unlockTime )
- The $oopsUrl
for calling redirectCgiQuery(), user's $loginName
, and estimated $unlockTime
in minutes, or ( '', '', 0 ) if no lease exists. $script
The script to invoke when continuing with the edit
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.010 (31 Dec 2002)
$web
Web name, e.g. "Main"
, or empty
$topic
Topic name, e.g. "MyTopic"
, or "Main.MyTopic"
$lock
1 to lease the topic, 0 to clear an existing lease
Takes out a "lease" on the topic. The lease doesn't prevent
anyone from editing and changing the topic, but it does redirect them
to a warning screen, so this provides some protection. The edit
script
always takes out a lease.
It is impossible to fully lock a topic. Concurrent changes will be merged.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.010 (31 Dec 2002)
$web
- web for the topic
$topic
- topic name
$meta
- reference to TWiki::Meta object
$text
- text of the topic (without embedded meta-data!!!
\%options
- ref to hash of save options \%options
may include: dontlog | don't log this change in twiki log |
forcenewrevision | force the save to increment the revision counter |
minor | True if this is a minor change, and is not to be notified |
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (29 Jul 2001)
Example:
# read topic: my( $topicMeta, $topicText ) = TWiki::Func::readTopic( $web, $topic ) # example to change topic text: $topicText =~ s/APPLE/ORANGE/g; # example to change TWiki form field: my $field = $topicMeta->get( 'FIELD', 'Title' ); if( $field ) { $field->{value} = $newTitle; $topicMeta->putKeyed( 'FIELD', $field ); } # save updated topic: TWiki::Func::saveTopic( $web, $topic, $topicMeta, $topicText, { forcenewrevision => 1 } );
Note: Plugins handlers ( e.g. beforeSaveHandler
) will be called as
appropriate.
Save topic text, typically obtained by readTopicText(). Topic data usually includes meta data; the file attachment meta data is replaced by the meta data from the topic file if it exists.
$web
- Web name, e.g. 'Main'
, or empty
$topic
- Topic name, e.g. 'MyTopic'
, or "Main.MyTopic"
$text
- Topic text to save, assumed to include meta data
$ignorePermissions
- Set to "1"
if checkAccessPermission() is already performed and OK
$dontNotify
- Set to "1"
if not to notify users of the change
$oopsUrl
Empty string if OK; the $oopsUrl
for calling redirectCgiQuery() in case of error
This method is a lot less efficient and much more dangerous than saveTopic
.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.010 (31 Dec 2002)
my $text = TWiki::Func::readTopicText( $web, $topic ); # check for oops URL in case of error: if( $text =~ /^http.*?\/oops/ ) { TWiki::Func::redirectCgiQuery( $query, $text ); return; } # do topic text manipulation like: $text =~ s/old/new/g; # do meta data manipulation like: $text =~ s/(META\:FIELD.*?name\=\"TopicClassification\".*?value\=\")[^\"]*/$1BugResolved/; $oopsUrl = TWiki::Func::saveTopicText( $web, $topic, $text ); # save topic text
$web
source web - required
$topic
source topic - required
$newWeb
dest web
$newTopic
dest topic
The destination topic must not already exist.
Rename a topic to the $TWiki::cfg{TrashWebName} to delete it.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
use Error qw( :try ); try { moveTopic( "Work", "TokyoOffice", "Trash", "ClosedOffice" ); } catch Error::Simple with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on Error::Simple } catch TWiki::AccessControlException with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on TWiki::AccessControlException } otherwise { ... };
Get revision info of a topic or attachment
$web
- Web name, optional, e.g. 'Main'
$topic
- Topic name, required, e.g. 'TokyoOffice'
$rev
- revsion number, or tag name (can be in the format 1.2, or just the minor number)
$attachment
-attachment filename
( $date, $user, $rev, $comment )
List with: ( last update date, login name of last user, minor part of top revision number ), e.g. ( 1234561, 'phoeny', "5" )
$date | in epochSec |
$user | Wiki name of the author (not login name) |
$rev | actual rev number |
$comment | WHAT COMMENT? |
NOTE: if you are trying to get revision info for a topic, use
$meta->getRevisionInfo
instead if you can - it is significantly
more efficient.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (29 Jul 2001)
Get the revision number of a topic at a specific time.
$web
- web for topic
$topic
- topic
$time
- time (in epoch secs) for the rev
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Read topic text and meta data, regardless of access permissions.
$web
- Web name, required, e.g. 'Main'
$topic
- Topic name, required, e.g. 'TokyoOffice'
$rev
- revision to read (default latest)
( $meta, $text )
Meta data object and topic text
$meta
is a perl 'object' of class TWiki::Meta
. This class is
fully documented in the source code documentation shipped with the
release, or can be inspected in the lib/TWiki/Meta.pm
file.
This method ignores topic access permissions. You should be careful to use
checkAccessPermission
to ensure the current user has read access to the
topic.
See usage example at TWiki::Func::saveTopic.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Read topic text, including meta data
$web
- Web name, e.g. 'Main'
, or empty
$topic
- Topic name, e.g. 'MyTopic'
, or "Main.MyTopic"
$rev
- Topic revision to read, optional. Specify the minor part of the revision, e.g. "5"
, not "1.5"
; the top revision is returned if omitted or empty.
$ignorePermissions
- Set to "1"
if checkAccessPermission() is already performed and OK; an oops URL is returned if user has no permission
$text
Topic text with embedded meta data; an oops URL for calling redirectCgiQuery() is returned in case of an error
This method is more efficient than readTopic
, but returns meta-data embedded in the text. Plugins authors must be very careful to avoid damaging meta-data. You are recommended to use readTopic instead, which is a lot safer.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.010 (31 Dec 2002)
Test if attachment exists
$web
- Web name, optional, e.g. Main
.
$topic
- Topic name, required, e.g. TokyoOffice
, or Main.TokyoOffice
$attachment
- attachment name, e.g. logo.gif
normalizeWebTopicName
.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
$web
- web for topic
$topic
- topic
$name
- attachment name
$rev
- revision to read (default latest)
readTopic
. If the attachment does not exist, or cannot be read, undef
will be returned. If the revision is not specified, the latest version will
be returned.
View permission on the topic is required for the read to be successful. Access control violations are flagged by a TWiki::AccessControlException. Permissions are checked for the current user.
my( $meta, $text ) = TWiki::Func::readTopic( $web, $topic ); my @attachments = $meta->find( 'FILEATTACHMENT' ); foreach my $a ( @attachments ) { try { my $data = TWiki::Func::readAttachment( $web, $topic, $a->{name} ); ... } catch TWiki::AccessControlException with { }; }
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
$web
- web for topic
$topic
- topic to atach to
$attachment
- name of the attachment
$opts
- Ref to hash of options
$opts
may include:
dontlog |
don't log this change in twiki log |
comment |
comment for save |
hide |
if the attachment is to be hidden in normal topic view |
stream |
Stream of file to upload |
file |
Name of a file to use for the attachment data. ignored if stream is set. Local file on the server. |
filepath |
Client path to file |
filesize |
Size of uploaded data |
filedate |
Date |
Save an attachment to the store for a topic. On success, returns undef. If there is an error, an exception will be thrown.
try { TWiki::Func::saveAttachment( $web, $topic, 'image.gif', { file => 'image.gif', comment => 'Picture of Health', hide => 1 } ); } catch Error::Simple with { # see documentation on Error } otherwise { ... };
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
$web
source web - required
$topic
source topic - required
$attachment
source attachment - required
$newWeb
dest web
$newTopic
dest topic
$newAttachment
dest attachment
The destination topic must already exist, but the destination attachment must not exist.
Rename an attachment to $TWiki::cfg{TrashWebName}.TrashAttament to delete it.
use Error qw( :try ); try { # move attachment between topics moveAttachment( "Countries", "Germany", "AlsaceLorraine.dat", "Countries", "France" ); # Note destination attachment name is defaulted to the same as source } catch TWiki::AccessControlException with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on TWiki::AccessControlException } catch Error::Simple with { my $e = shift; # see documentation on Error::Simple };
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Read a template or skin. Embedded template directives get expanded
$name
- Template name, e.g. 'view'
$skin
- Comma-separated list of skin names, optional, e.g. 'print'
$text
Template text
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
$name
- template file name
$skin
- comma-separated list of skins to use (default: current skin)
$web
- the web to look in for topics that contain templates (default: current web)
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Reads a template and extracts template definitions, adding them to the list of loaded templates, overwriting any previous definition.
How TWiki searches for templates is described in TWikiTemplates.
If template text is found, extracts include statements and fully expands them.
Do a , only expanding the template (not expanding any variables other than %TMPL)
$def
- template name
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
A template is defined using a %TMPL:DEF% statement in a template file. See the documentation on TWiki templates for more information.
Print a basic content-type HTML header for text/html to standard out. No return value.
Note: In TWiki versions earlier than TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.3, this function used to have $query
and $contentLength
parameters. Both were marked "you should not pass this parameter".
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Redirect to URL
$query
- CGI query object. Ignored, only there for compatibility. The session CGI query object is used instead.
$url
- URL to redirect to
$passthru
- enable passthrough.
Return: none
Print output to STDOUT that will cause a 302 redirect to a new URL. Nothing more should be printed to STDOUT after this method has been called.
The $passthru
parameter allows you to pass the parameters that were passed
to the current query on to the target URL, as long as it is another URL on the
same TWiki installation. If $passthru
is set to a true value, then TWiki
will save the current URL parameters, and then try to restore them on the
other side of the redirect. Parameters are stored on the server in a cache
file.
Note that if $passthru
is set, then any parameters in $url
will be lost
when the old parameters are restored. if you want to change any parameter
values, you will need to do that in the current CGI query before redirecting
e.g.
my $query = TWiki::Func::getCgiQuery(); $query->param(-name => 'text', -value => 'Different text'); TWiki::Func::redirectCgiQuery( undef, TWiki::Func::getScriptUrl($web, $topic, 'edit'), 1);
$passthru
does nothing if $url
does not point to a script in the current
TWiki installation.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Adds $header
to the HTML header (the tag).
This is useful for Plugins that want to include some javascript custom css.
$id
- Unique ID to prevent the same HTML from being duplicated. Plugins should use a prefix to prevent name clashes (e.g EDITTABLEPLUGIN_JSCALENDAR)
$header
- the HTML to be added to the section. The HTML must be valid in a HEAD tag - no checks are performed.
requires
optional, comma-separated list of id's of other head blocks this one depends on.
All TWiki variables present in $header
will be expanded before being inserted into the section.
Note that this is not the same as the HTTP header, which is modified through the Plugins modifyHeaderHandler
.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
example:
TWiki::Func::addToHEAD('PATTERN_STYLE','<link id="twikiLayoutCss" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="%PUBURL%/TWiki/PatternSkin/layout.css" media="all" />');
Expand all common %VARIABLES%
$text
- Text with variables to expand, e.g. 'Current user is %WIKIUSER%'
$topic
- Current topic name, e.g. 'WebNotify'
$web
- Web name, optional, e.g. 'Main'
. The current web is taken if missing
$meta
- topic meta-data to use while expanding (Since TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2)
$text
Expanded text, e.g. 'Current user is TWikiGuest'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
See also: expandVariablesOnTopicCreation
Render text from TWiki markup into XHTML as defined in TWiki.TextFormattingRules
$text
- Text to render, e.g. '*bold* text and =fixed font='
$web
- Web name, optional, e.g. 'Main'
. The current web is taken if missing
$text
XHTML text, e.g. '<b>bold</b> and <code>fixed font</code>'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Render topic name and link label into an XHTML link. Normally you do not need to call this funtion, it is called internally by renderText()
$pre
- Text occuring before the TWiki link syntax, optional
$web
- Web name, required, e.g. 'Main'
$topic
- Topic name to link to, required, e.g. 'WebNotify'
$label
- Link label, required. Usually the same as $topic
, e.g. 'notify'
$anchor
- Anchor, optional, e.g. '#Jump'
$createLink
- Set to '1'
to add question linked mark after topic name if topic does not exist;'0'
to suppress link for non-existing topics
$text
XHTML anchor, e.g. '<a href='/cgi-bin/view/Main/WebNotify#Jump'>notify</a>'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
$text
- text of the mail, including MIME headers
$retries
- number of times to retry the send (default 1)
To: liz@windsor.gov.uk From: serf@hovel.net CC: george@whitehouse.gov Subject: Revolution Dear Liz, Please abolish the monarchy (with King George's permission, of course) Thanks, A. PeasantLeave a blank line between the last header field and the message body.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
$wikiname
- wiki name of the user
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Deprecated in favour of wikinameToEmails, because this function only returns a single email address, where a user may in fact have several.
Since TWiki 4.2.1, $wikiName may also be a login name.
Expand the limited set of variables that are always expanded during topic creation
$text
- the text to process
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Expands only the variables expected in templates that must be statically expanded in new content.
The expanded variables are:
%DATE%
Signature-format date
%SERVERTIME%
See TWikiVariables
%GMTIME%
See TWikiVariables
%USERNAME%
Base login name
%WIKINAME%
Wiki name
%WIKIUSERNAME%
Wiki name with prepended web
%URLPARAM{...}%
- Parameters to the current CGI query
%NOP%
No-op
See also: expandVariables
Special handlers can be defined to make functions in plugins behave as if they were built-in to TWiki.
Should only be called from initPlugin.
Register a function to handle a simple variable. Handles both %VAR% and %VAR{...}%. Registered variables are treated the same as TWiki internal variables, and are expanded at the same time. This is a lot more efficient than using the commonTagsHandler
.
$var
- The name of the variable, i.e. the 'MYVAR' part of %MYVAR%. The variable name must match /^[A-Z][A-Z0-9_]*$/ or it won't work.
\&fn
- Reference to the handler function.
$syntax
can be 'classic' (the default) or 'context-free'. 'classic' syntax is appropriate where you want the variable to support classic TWiki syntax i.e. to accept the standard %MYVAR{ "unnamed" param1="value1" param2="value2" }%
syntax, as well as an unquoted default parameter, such as %MYVAR{unquoted parameter}%
. If your variable will only use named parameters, you can use 'context-free' syntax, which supports a more relaxed syntax. For example, %MYVAR{param1=value1, value 2, param3="value 3", param4='value 5"}%
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
The variable handler function must be of the form:
sub handler(\%session, \%params, $topic, $web)where:
\%session
- a reference to the TWiki session object (may be ignored)
\%params
- a reference to a TWiki::Attrs object containing parameters. This can be used as a simple hash that maps parameter names to values, with _DEFAULT being the name for the default parameter.
$topic
- name of the topic in the query
$web
- name of the web in the query
$meta
- topic meta-data to use while expanding, can be undef (Since TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.4)
$textRef
- reference to unexpanded topic text, can be undef (Since TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.4)
sub initPlugin{ TWiki::Func::registerTagHandler('EXEC', \&boo); } sub boo { my( $session, $params, $topic, $web ) = @_; my $cmd = $params->{_DEFAULT}; return "NO COMMAND SPECIFIED" unless $cmd; my $result = `$cmd 2>&1`; return $params->{silent} ? '' : $result; }would let you do this:
%EXEC{"ps -Af" silent="on"}%
Registered tags differ from tags implemented using the old TWiki approach (text substitution in commonTagsHandler
) in the following ways:
commonTagsHandler
is only called later, when all system tags have already been expanded (though they are expanded again after commonTagsHandler
returns).
FRED
defines both %FRED{...}%
and also %FRED%
.
return '%SERVERTIME%';
). It won't work.
Should only be called from initPlugin.
Adds a function to the dispatch table of the REST interface
$alias
- The name .
\&fn
- Reference to the function.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
The handler function must be of the form:
sub handler(\%session)where:
\%session
- a reference to the TWiki session object (may be ignored)
From the REST interface, the name of the plugin must be used as the subject of the invokation.
Example
The EmptyPlugin has the following call in the initPlugin handler:
TWiki::Func::registerRESTHandler('example', \&restExample);
This adds the restExample
function to the REST dispatch table
for the EmptyPlugin under the 'example' alias, and allows it
to be invoked using the URL
http://server:port/bin/rest/EmptyPlugin/example
note that the URL
http://server:port/bin/rest/EmptyPlugin/restExample
(ie, with the name of the function instead of the alias) will not work.
TWiki has an informal standard set of tokens used in format
parameters that are used to block evaluation of paramater strings.
For example, if you were to write
%MYTAG{format="%WURBLE%"}%
then %WURBLE would be expanded before %MYTAG is evaluated. To avoid this TWiki uses escapes in the format string. For example:
%MYTAG{format="$percntWURBLE$percnt"}%
This lets you enter arbitrary strings into parameters without worrying that TWiki will expand them before your plugin gets a chance to deal with them properly. Once you have processed your tag, you will want to expand these tokens to their proper value. That's what this function does.
Escape: | Expands To: |
---|---|
$n or $n() |
New line. Use $n() if followed by alphanumeric character, e.g. write Foo$n()Bar instead of Foo$nBar |
$nop or $nop() |
Is a "no operation". |
$quot |
Double quote (" ) |
$percnt |
Percent sign (% ) |
$dollar |
Dollar sign ($ ) |
Note thath $quot, $percnt and $dollar all work *even if they are followed by alphanumeric characters*. You have been warned!
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Search for a string in the content of a web. The search is over all content, including meta-data. Meta-data matches will be returned as formatted lines within the topic content (meta-data matches are returned as lines of the format %META:\w+{.*}%)
$searchString
- the search string, in egrep format
$web
- The web to search in
\@topics
- reference to a list of topics to search
\%option
- reference to an options hash
\%options
hash may contain the following options: type
- if regex
will perform a egrep-syntax RE search (default '')
casesensitive
- false to ignore case (default true)
files_without_match
- true to return files only (default false). If files_without_match
is specified, it will return on the first match in each topic (i.e. it will return only one match per topic, and will not return matching lines).
The return value is a reference to a hash which maps each matching topic name to a list of the lines in that topic that matched the search, as would be returned by 'grep'.
To iterate over the returned topics use:
my $result = TWiki::Func::searchInWebContent( "Slimy Toad", $web, \@topics, { casesensitive => 0, files_without_match => 0 } ); foreach my $topic (keys %$result ) { foreach my $matching_line ( @{$result->{$topic}} ) { ...etc
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Gets a private directory for Plugin use. The Plugin is entirely responsible for managing this directory; TWiki will not read from it, or write to it.
The directory is guaranteed to exist, and to be writable by the webserver user. By default it will not be web accessible.
The directory and it's contents are permanent, so Plugins must be careful to keep their areas tidy.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1 (Dec 2005)
Read file, low level. Used for Plugin workarea.
$filename
- Full path name of file
$text
Content of file, empty if not found
NOTE: Use this function only for the Plugin workarea, not for topics and attachments. Use the appropriate functions to manipulate topics and attachments.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (07 Dec 2002)
Save file, low level. Used for Plugin workarea.
$filename
- Full path name of file
$text
- Text to save
NOTE: Use this function only for the Plugin workarea, not for topics and attachments. Use the appropriate functions to manipulate topics and attachments.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (07 Dec 2002)
Retrieves a TWiki predefined regular expression or character class.
$name
- Name of the expression to retrieve. See notes below
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.020 (9 Feb 2004)
Note: TWiki internally precompiles several regular expressions to represent various string entities in an I18N-compatible manner. Plugins authors are encouraged to use these in matching where appropriate. The following are guaranteed to be present. Others may exist, but their use is unsupported and they may be removed in future TWiki versions.
In the table below, the expression marked type 'String' are intended for use within character classes (i.e. for use within square brackets inside a regular expression), for example:
my $upper = TWiki::Func::getRegularExpression('upperAlpha'); my $alpha = TWiki::Func::getRegularExpression('mixedAlpha'); my $capitalized = qr/[$upper][$alpha]+/;Those expressions marked type 'RE' are precompiled regular expressions that can be used outside square brackets. For example:
my $webRE = TWiki::Func::getRegularExpression('webNameRegex'); my $isWebName = ( $s =~ m/$webRE/ );
Name | Matches | Type |
---|---|---|
upperAlpha | Upper case characters | String |
upperAlphaNum | Upper case characters and digits | String |
lowerAlpha | Lower case characters | String |
lowerAlphaNum | Lower case characters and digits | String |
numeric | Digits | String |
mixedAlpha | Alphabetic characters | String |
mixedAlphaNum | Alphanumeric characters | String |
wikiWordRegex | WikiWords | RE |
webNameRegex | User web names | RE |
anchorRegex | #AnchorNames | RE |
abbrevRegex | Abbreviations e.g. GOV, IRS | RE |
emailAddrRegex | email@address.com | RE |
tagNameRegex | Standard variable names e.g. %THIS_BIT% (THIS_BIT only) | RE |
Parse a web and topic name, supplying defaults as appropriate.
$web
- Web name, identifying variable, or empty string
$topic
- Topic name, may be a web.topic string, required.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.1
Input | Return |
---|---|
( 'Web', 'Topic' ) | ( 'Web', 'Topic' ) |
( '', 'Topic' ) | ( 'Main', 'Topic' ) |
( '', '' ) | ( 'Main', 'WebHome' ) |
( '', 'Web/Topic' ) | ( 'Web', 'Topic' ) |
( '', 'Web/Subweb/Topic' ) | ( 'Web/Subweb', 'Topic' ) |
( '', 'Web.Topic' ) | ( 'Web', 'Topic' ) |
( '', 'Web.Subweb.Topic' ) | ( 'Web/Subweb', 'Topic' ) |
( 'Web1', 'Web2.Topic' ) | ( 'Web2', 'Topic' ) |
Note that hierarchical web names (SubWeb) are only available if hierarchical webs are enabled in configure
.
The symbols %USERSWEB%, %SYSTEMWEB% and %DOCWEB% can be used in the input to represent the web names set in $cfg{UsersWebName} and $cfg{SystemWebName}. For example:
Input | Return |
---|---|
( '%USERSWEB%', 'Topic' ) | ( 'Main', 'Topic' ) |
( '%SYSTEMWEB%', 'Topic' ) | ( 'TWiki', 'Topic' ) |
( '', '%DOCWEB%.Topic' ) | ( 'TWiki', 'Topic' ) |
Given a file namer, sanitise it according to the rules for transforming attachment names. Returns the sanitised name together with the basename before sanitisation.
Sanitation includes filtering illegal characters and mapping client file names to legal server names.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Converts arbitrary text to a WikiWord.
$pre
- Arbitrary Text
$text
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.3 (18 Jan 2010)
Spaces out a wiki word by inserting a string (default: one space) between each word component. With parameter $sep any string may be used as separator between the word components; if $sep is undefined it defaults to a space.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Log Warning that may require admin intervention to data/warning.txt
$text
- Text to write; timestamp gets added
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.020 (16 Feb 2004)
Log debug message to data/debug.txt
$text
- Text to write; timestamp gets added
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.020 (16 Feb 2004)
Write the log for an event to the logfile.
$action
- name of the event, such as 'blacklist'
.
$extra
- arbitrary extra information to add to the event.
$web
- web name, optional. Base web is taken if empty. Ignored if web is specified in $topic
.
$topic
- topic name, optional. Can be Topic
or Web.Topic
. Base topic is taken if empty.
$user
- WikiName of user, optional. Name of logged-in user is taken if not specified.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.4
Example: Calling TWiki::Func::writeLog( 'blacklist', 'Magic number is missing' )
will add a log entry like this:
| 2011-01-19 - 01:13 | guest | blacklist | TWiki.TWikiRegistration | Magic number is missing | 1.2.3.4 |
Note: Older plugins that use $TWiki::cfg{LogFileName}
or call the internal TWiki
function directly should be fixed to use writeLog
.
To maintain compatibility with older TWiki releases, you can write conditional code as follows:
if( defined &TWiki::Func::writeLog ) { # use writeLog TWiki::Func::writeLog( $web, $topic, 'myevent', $extra ); } else { # deprecated code if plugin is used in older TWiki releases $TWiki::Plugins::VERSION > 1.1 ? $TWiki::Plugins::SESSION->writeLog( 'myevent', "$web.$topic", $extra ) : TWiki::Store::writeLog( 'myevent', "$web.$topic", $extra ); }
Format the time in seconds into the desired time string
$time
- Time in epoc seconds
$format
- Format type, optional. Default e.g. '31 Dec 2002 - 19:30'
. Can be '$iso'
(e.g. '2002-12-31T19:30Z'
), '$rcs'
(e.g. '2001/12/31 23:59:59'
, '$http'
for HTTP header format (e.g. 'Thu, 23 Jul 1998 07:21:56 GMT'
), or any string with tokens '$seconds, $minutes, $hours, $day, $wday, $month, $mo, $year, $ye, $tz'
for seconds, minutes, hours, day of month, day of week, 3 letter month, 2 digit month, 4 digit year, 2 digit year, timezone string, respectively
$timezone
- either not defined (uses the displaytime setting), 'gmtime', or 'servertime'
$text
Formatted time string
Note: | if you used the removed formatGmTime, add a third parameter 'gmtime' |
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.020 (26 Feb 2004)
Returns 1 if $value
is true, and 0 otherwise. "true" means set to
something with a Perl true value, with the special cases that "off",
"false" and "no" (case insensitive) are forced to false. Leading and
trailing spaces in $value
are ignored.
If the value is undef, then $default
is returned. If $default
is
not specified it is taken as 0.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.2
Check for a valid WikiWord or WikiName
$text
- Word to test
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.100 (Dec 2005)
Extract all parameters from a variable string and returns a hash of parameters
$attr
- Attribute string
%params
Hash containing all parameters. The nameless parameter is stored in key _DEFAULT
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.025 (26 Aug 2004)
%TEST{ 'nameless' name1="val1" name2="val2" }%
{...}
to get: 'nameless' name1="val1" name2="val2"
%params
hash contains now: _DEFAULT => 'nameless'
name1 => "val1"
name2 => "val2"
Extract a named or unnamed value from a variable parameter string - Note: | Function TWiki::Func::extractParameters is more efficient for extracting several parameters
$attr
- Attribute string
$name
- Name, optional
$value
Extracted value
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
%TEST{ 'nameless' name1="val1" name2="val2" }%
{...}
to get: 'nameless' name1="val1" name2="val2"
my $noname = TWiki::Func::extractNameValuePair( $text );
my $val1 = TWiki::Func::extractNameValuePair( $text, "name1" );
my $val2 = TWiki::Func::extractNameValuePair( $text, "name2" );
From time-to-time, the TWiki developers will add new functions to the interface (either to TWikiFuncDotPm, or new handlers). Sometimes these improvements mean that old functions have to be deprecated to keep the code manageable. When this happens, the deprecated functions will be supported in the interface for at least one more TWiki release, and probably longer, though this cannot be guaranteed.
Updated plugins may still need to define deprecated handlers for compatibility with old TWiki versions. In this case, the plugin package that defines old handlers can suppress the warnings in %FAILEDPLUGINS%.
This is done by defining a map from the handler name to the TWiki::Plugins
version in which the handler was first deprecated. For example, if we need to define the endRenderingHandler
for compatibility with TWiki::Plugins
versions before 1.1, we would add this to the plugin:
package TWiki::Plugins::SinkPlugin; use vars qw( %TWikiCompatibility ); $TWikiCompatibility{endRenderingHandler} = 1.1;If the currently-running TWiki version is 1.1 or later, then the handler will not be called and the warning will not be issued. TWiki with versions of
TWiki::Plugins
before 1.1 will still call the handler as required.
The following functions are retained for compatibility only. You should stop using them as soon as possible.
Get script URL path
DEPRECATED since 1.1 - use getScriptUrl
instead.
Return: $path
URL path of TWiki scripts, e.g. "/cgi-bin"
WARNING: you are strongly recommended not to use this function, as the {ScriptUrlPaths} URL rewriting rules will not apply to urls generated using it.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Compose fully qualified 'oops' dialog URL
$web
- Web name, e.g. 'Main'
. The current web is taken if empty
$topic
- Topic name, e.g. 'WebNotify'
$template
- Oops template name, e.g. 'oopsmistake'
. The 'oops' is optional; 'mistake' will translate to 'oopsmistake'.
$param1
... $param4
- Parameter values for %PARAM1% ... %PARAMn% variables in template, optional
$url
URL, e.g. "http://example.com:80/cgi-bin/oops.pl/ Main/WebNotify?template=oopslocked¶m1=joe"
DEPRECATED since 1.1, the recommended approach is to throw an oops exception.
use Error qw( :try ); throw TWiki::OopsException( 'toestuckerror', web => $web, topic => $topic, params => [ 'I got my toe stuck' ]);(this example will use the
oopstoestuckerror
template.)
If this is not possible (e.g. in a REST handler that does not trap the exception)
then you can use getScriptUrl
instead:
my $url = TWiki::Func::getScriptUrl($web, $topic, 'oops', template => 'oopstoestuckerror', param1 => 'I got my toe stuck'); TWiki::Func::redirectCgiQuery( undef, $url ); return 0;
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
Test if any access restrictions are set for this web, ignoring settings on individual pages
$web
- Web name, required, e.g. 'Sandbox'
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (27 Feb 2001)
DEPRECATED since 1.2 - use getPreferencesValue
instead to determine
what permissions are set on the web, for example:
foreach my $type ( 'ALLOW', 'DENY' ) { foreach my $action ( 'CHANGE', 'VIEW' ) { my $pref = $type . 'WEB' . $action; my $val = getPreferencesValue( $pref, $web ) || ''; if( $val =~ /\S/ ) { print "$pref is set to $val on $web\n"; } } }
DEPRECATED since 1.1 - use getListOfWebs
instead.
Get list of all public webs, e.g. all webs that do not have the NOSEARCHALL
flag set in the WebPreferences
Return: @webs
List of all public webs, e.g. ( 'Main', 'Know', 'TWiki' )
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (07 Dec 2002)
DEPRECATED since 1.1 - use formatTime
instead.
Format the time to GM time
$time
- Time in epoc seconds
$format
- Format type, optional. Default e.g. '31 Dec 2002 - 19:30'
, can be 'iso'
(e.g. '2002-12-31T19:30Z'
), 'rcs'
(e.g. '2001/12/31 23:59:59'
, 'http'
for HTTP header format (e.g. 'Thu, 23 Jul 1998 07:21:56 GMT'
)
$text
Formatted time string
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (7 Dec 2002)
DEPRECATED since 1.1 - use the "Webs, Topics and Attachments" functions to manipulate topics instead
Get data directory (topic file root)
Return: $dir
Data directory, e.g. '/twiki/data'
This function violates store encapsulation and is therefore deprecated.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (07 Dec 2002)
DEPRECATED since 1.1 - use the "Webs, Topics and Attachments" functions to manipulateattachments instead
Get pub directory (file attachment root). Attachments are in $dir/Web/TopicName
Return: $dir
Pub directory, e.g. '/htdocs/twiki/pub'
This function violates store encapsulation and is therefore deprecated.
Use readAttachment
and saveAttachment
instead.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.000 (07 Dec 2002)
DEPRECATED since 1.1 - use TWiki:Plugins.BuildContrib and define DEPENDENCIES that can be statically evaluated at install time instead. It is a lot more efficient.
Since: TWiki::Plugins::VERSION 1.025 (01 Aug 2004)
commonTagsHandler($text, $topic, $web)
endRenderingHandler($text)
outsidePREHandler($text)
insidePREHandler($text)
startRenderingHandler($text, $web)
checkAccessPermission($type, $login, $topicText, $topicName, $webName) -> $boolean
expandCommonVariables($text, $topic, $web) -> $text
extractNameValuePair($attrs, $name) -> $value
formatGmTime($time) -> $text
getCgiQuery() -> $query
getDataDir() -> $dir
getDefaultUserName() -> $loginName
getMainWebname() -> $name
getOopsUrl($web, $topic, $template, @theParams) -> $url
getPreferencesFlag($key) -> $boolean
getPreferencesValue($key, $web) -> $value
getPublicWebList() -> @webs
getPubDir() -> $dir
getPubUrlPath() -> $path
getRevisionInfo($webName, $topic, $rev, $attachment) -> ($date, $user, $rev, $comment)
getScriptUrl($web, $topic, $script) -> $url
getScriptUrlPath() -> $path
getSessionValue($key) -> $value
getSkin() -> $skin
getTopicList($web) -> @topics
getTwikiWebname() -> $name
getUrlHost() -> $host
getViewUrl($web, $topic) -> $url
getWikiName() -> $wikiName
getWikiUserName($text) -> $wikiName
getWikiToolName() -> $name
internalLink($preamble, $web, $topic, $linkText, $anchor, $createLink) -> $text
isGuest() -> $boolean
permissionsSet($web) -> $boolean
readFile($filename) -> $text
readTemplate($name, $skin) -> $text
readTopic($webName, $topic) -> ($meta, $text)
redirectCgiQuery($query, $url)
renderText($text, $web) -> $text
saveFile($filename, $text)
setSessionValue($key, $value)
topicExists($web, $topic) -> $boolean
userToWikiName($user, $dontAddWeb) -> $wikiName
webExists($web) -> $boolean
wikiToUserName($wiki) -> $loginName
writeDebug($text)
writeHeader()
writeWarning($text)
afterEditHandler($text, $topic, $web)
beforeEditHandler($text, $topic, $web)
beforeSaveHandler($text, $topic, $web)
initializeUserHandler($loginName, $url, $pathInfo)
redirectCgiQueryHandler($query, $url)
registrationHandler($web, $wikiName, $loginName)
writeHeaderHandler($query)
checkTopicEditLock($web, $topic) ->($oopsUrl, $loginName, $unlockTime)
readTopicText($web, $topic, $rev, $ignorePermissions) -> $text
saveTopicText($web, $topic, $text, $ignorePermissions, $dontNotify) -> $oopsUrl
setTopicEditLock($web, $topic, $lock) -> $oopsUrl
afterCommonTagsHandler($text, $topic, $web)
afterSaveHandler($text, $topic, $web, $error)
beforeCommonTagsHandler($text, $topic, $web)
earlyInitPlugin()
afterAttachmentSaveHandler(\%attrHash, $topic, $web, $error, $meta)
beforeAttachmentSaveHandler(\%attrHash, $topic, $web, $meta)
checkDependencies($moduleName, $dependenciesRef) -> $error
extractParameters($attr) -> %params
formatTime($time, $format, $timezone) -> $text
getPluginPreferencesFlag($key) -> $boolean
getPluginPreferencesValue($key) -> $value
getRegularExpression($regexName) -> $pattern
mergeHandler($diff, $old, $new, \%info) -> $text
modifyHeaderHandler(\%headers, $query)
postRenderingHandler($text)
preRenderingHandler($text, \%map)
renderFormFieldForEditHandler($name, $type, $size, $value, $attributes, $possibleValues) -> $html
renderWikiWordHandler($linkText, $hasExplicitLinkLabel, $web, $topic) -> $linkText
endRenderingHandler($text)
startRenderingHandler($text, $web)
addToHEAD($id, $header)
attachmentExists($web, $topic, $attachment) -> $boolean
clearSessionValue($key) -> $boolean
checkDependencies($moduleName, $dependenciesRef) -> $error
createWeb($newWeb, $baseWeb, $opts)
expandTemplate($def ) -> $string
expandVariablesOnTopicCreation($text) -> $text
getContext() -> \%hash
getListOfWebs($filter) -> @webs
getScriptUrl($web, $topic, $script, @params) -> $url
getRevisionAtTime($web, $topic, $time) -> $rev
getWorkArea($pluginName) -> $directorypath
isValidWikiWord($text) -> $boolean
loadTemplate($name, $skin, $web) -> $text
moveAttachment($web, $topic, $attachment, $newWeb, $newTopic, $newAttachment)
moveTopic($web, $topic, $newWeb, $newTopic)
moveWeb($oldName, $newName)
normalizeWebTopicName($web, $topic) ->($web, $topic)
readAttachment($web, $topic, $name, $rev) -> $data
registerRESTHandler($alias, \&fn,)
registerTagHandler($var, \&fn, $syntax)
saveAttachment($web, $topic, $attachment, $opts)
saveTopic($web, $topic, $meta, $text, $options) -> $error
searchInWebContent($searchString, $web, \@topics, \%options) -> \%map
sendEmail($text, $retries) -> $error
wikiToEmail($wikiName) -> $email
writeHeader($query, $contentLength)
checkDependencies($moduleName, $dependenciesRef) -> $error
formatGmTime($time, $format) -> $text
getDataDir() -> $dir
getOopsUrl( $web, $topic, $template, @params ) -> $url
getPubDir() -> $dir
getPublicWebList() -> @webs
getScriptUrlPath() -> $path
afterSaveHandler($text, $topic, $web, $error, $meta)
beforeSaveHandler($text, $topic, $web, $meta)
afterRenameHandler($oldWeb, $oldTopic, $oldAttachment, $newWeb, $newTopic, $newAttachment)
afterCommonTagsHandler($text, $topic, $web, $meta)
beforeCommonTagsHandler($text, $topic, $web, $meta)
commonTagsHandler($text, $topic, $web, $included, $meta)
decodeFormatTokens($str) -> $unencodedString
eachChangeSince($web, $time) -> $iterator
eachGroup() -> $iterator
eachGroupMember($group) -> $iterator
eachMembership($wikiname) -> $iterator
eachUser() -> $iterator
emailToWikiNames($email, $dontAddWeb) -> @wikiNames
expandCommonVariables($text, $topic, $web, $meta) -> $text
getCanonicalUserID( $user ) -> $cUID
getExternalResource($url) -> $response
getSessionKeys() -> @keys
isAnAdmin($login) -> $boolean
isGroup($group) -> $boolean
isGroupMember($group, $login) -> $boolean
isTrue($value, $default) -> $boolean
popTopicContext()
pushTopicContext($web, $topic)
sanitizeAttachmentName($fname) -> ($fileName, $origName)
setPreferencesValue($name, $val)
spaceOutWikiWord($word, $sep) -> $text
wikiNameToEmails($wikiname) -> @emails
permissionsSet($web) -> $boolean
getOopsUrl( $web, $topic, $template, $param1, $param2, $param3, $param4 ) -> $url
buildWikiWord( $text ) -> $text
registerTagHandler
has two new parameters $meta
and $textRef
afterAttachmentSaveHandler(\%attrHash, $topic, $web, $error, $meta)
-- added $meta
beforeAttachmentSaveHandler(\%attrHash, $topic, $web, $meta)
= added =$meta
writeLog( $action, $extra, $web, $topic, $user )
Programs on the TWiki server performing actions such as rendering, saving and renaming topics.
The TWiki scripts are located in the twiki/bin
and twiki/tools
directories. This topic describes the interfaces to some of those scripts. All scripts in the twiki/bin
directory can be called from the CGI (Common Gateway Interface) environment or from the command line. The scripts in the twiki/tools
directory can only be called from the command line.
Details on CGI scripts located in the twiki/bin
directory.
In the CGI environment parameters are passed to the scripts via the URL and URL parameters. Environment variables are also used to determine the user performing the action. If the environment is not set up, the default TWiki user is used (usually guest
).
You must be have the twiki/bin
directory on the perl path to run the scripts from the command line. To avoid issues with file permissions, run the scripts as the web server user such as nobody
or www
.
Parameters are passed on the command line using '-name' - for example,
$ cd /usr/local/twiki/bin $ save -topic MyWeb.MyTopic -user admin -action save -text "New text of the topic"All parameters require a value, even if that is the empty string.
All the scripts accept a number of common parameters. The first two components of the URL after the script name are taken as the web and the topic, respectively. Standard URL parameters are:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
topic |
If this is set to a URL, TWiki will immediately redirect to that URL. Otherwise it overrides the URL and is taken as the topic name (you can pass Web.TopicName) | |
user |
Command-line only; set the name of the user performing the action. Note: this usage is inherently insecure, as it bypasses webserver login constraints. For this reason only authorised users should be allowed to execute scripts from the command line. | |
skin |
Overrides the default skin path (see TWikiSkins) | |
cover |
Specifies temporary skin path to prepend to the skin path for this script only (see TWikiSkins) |
attach
Despite the name, this script doesn't actually attach a file to a topic - for that, use upload
. This script is part of the transactions sequence executed when a file is uploaded from the browser. it just generates the "new attachment" page for a topic.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
filename |
Name of existing attachment (if provided, this is a "manage attachment" action) | none (in which case this is a "new attachment" action) |
changes
Shows all the changes in the given web.
The changes
script can receive one parameter:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
minor |
If 0, show only major changes. If 1, show all the changes (both minor and major) | 0 |
The main difference between invoking this script and using WebChanges is that WebChanges is based on a %SEARCH%
, while this script reads the changes
file in each web, making it much faster.
Note: The result from changes
script and the topic WebChanges can be different, if the changes
file is deleted from a web. In particular, in new installations the changes
script will return no results while the WebChanges topic will.
configure
configure
is the browser script used for inspection and configuration of the TWiki configuration. None of the parameters to this script are useable for any purpose except configure
. See configure.
edit
The edit
script understands the following parameters, typically supplied by HTML input fields:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
Optional. Use the editaction template instead of the standard edit. If action=text, then hide the form. If action=form hide the normal text area and only edit the form. You can change the Edit/Edit Raw buttons to always append the action parameter in skins like Pattern and Classic by setting the topic or preference variable EDITACTION to the value text or form . To edit the topic once the EDITACTION is defined as form simply remove the action=form from the browser URL of the edit script and reload the edit window |
|
onlynewtopic |
If set, error if topic already exists | |
onlywikiname |
If set, error if topic name is not a WikiWord | |
templatetopic |
The name of the template topic, copied to get the initial content (new topic only) | |
text |
Initial text for the topic | |
topicparent |
The parent topic | |
formtemplate |
Name of the form to instantiate in the topic. Overrides the form set in the templatetopic if defined. (will remove the form is set to 'none') |
|
contenttype |
Optional parameter that defines the application type to write into the CGI header. Defaults to text/html . May be used to invoke alternative client applications |
|
anyname |
Any parameter can passed to the new topic; if the template topic contains %URLPARAM{"anyname"}% , it will be replaced by its value |
|
breaklock |
If set, any lease conflicts will be ignored, and the edit will proceed even if someone is already editing the topic. | |
redirectto |
If the user continues from edit to save, and if the save (or cancels the edit) process is successful, save will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
|
t |
Provide a unique URL each time a topic is edited, typically specifying parameter t=%SERVERTIME{$epoch}% in an edit link. This is done to prevent browsers from caching an edit session, which could result in editing outdated content. The parameter name and value is arbitrary, but must be unique each time. |
Form field values are passed in parameters named 'field' - for example, if I have a field Status
the parameter name is Status
.
X
characters in the topic name will be converted on save to a number such that the resulting topic name is unique in the target web.
Note: Most skins support the definition of EDIT_SKIN
, which is used as the value of the cover
parameter in edit
URLs. This allows you to override the default edit skin on a web, topic or user basis.
login
Used for logging in when TWiki login is being used (e.g TemplateLoginManager).
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
origurl |
URL that was being accessed when an access violation occurred. the login process will redirect to this URL if it is successful | none |
username |
username of user logging in | none |
password |
password of user logging in | none |
logon
Used for logging in when Web Server authentication is being used (e.g. ApacheLoginManager). The script does nothing; it is purely a placeholder for triggering the login process. The webserver will be set up to require a valid user to access this script, thus triggering the webserver login process.
manage
Performs a range of management functions.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
One of createweb , renameweb , deleteUserAccount , editSettings or saveSettings |
none |
Note: The manage
script can only be called via http POST method for createweb
renameweb
, and deleteUserAccount
.
action=createweb
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
newweb |
Name of the new web | '' |
baseweb |
Name of the web to copy to create the new web | '' |
webbgcolor |
value for WEBBGCOLOR | '' |
sitemapwhat |
Value for SITEMAPWHAT | '' |
nosearchall |
Value for NOSEARCHALL | '' |
action=renameweb
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
newsubweb |
Name of the web after move | '' |
newparentweb |
New parent web name | '' |
confirm |
If defined, requires a second level of confirmation. Supported values are "getlock", "continue", and "cancel" | '' |
action=editSettings
No parameters
action=saveSettings
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
text |
Text of the topic | '' |
originalrev |
Revision that the edit started on | Most recent revision |
redirectto |
If the savesettings process is successful, save will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
action=bulkRegister
See BulkRegistration.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
OverwriteHomeTopics |
Whether to overwrite existing home topics or not | false |
EmailUsersWithDetails |
Whether to mail registered users or not | false |
LogTopic |
Topic to save the log in | Same as topic name, with 'Result' appended. |
action=changePassword
Change password, email address, or both, of a user.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
username |
god alone knows | none |
oldpassword |
current password | none |
password |
new password | none |
passwordA |
new password confirmation | none |
email |
new email address | none |
password, =passwordA
and email
are optional. If neither or password
and passwordA
is set, then the user password is left unchanged. If email
is unset, their email is left unchanged.
action=resetPassword
Reset the password for a single or multiple users
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
LoginName |
list of usernames to reset | none - error if not set |
Introduction |
message to be sent alongside the reset, most often used to announce to the user that they have been given an account. | '' |
This is used by BulkResetPassword and ResetPassword. Only administrators can provide a list of LoginNames, non-admins can only provide a single LoginName.
BulkRegistration provides the means to create multiple accounts but it does not announce those accounts to the users who own them. BulkResetPassword is used to assign the passwords, the Introduction is used to explain why they are receiving the mail.
action=deleteUserAccount
Unregisters (removes) the currently logged-in user.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
password |
Users' password | none |
oops
This script is mainly used for rendering pages containing error messages, though it is also used for some functional actions such as manage pages (move topic etc).
oops
templates are used with the oops
script to generate system messages. This is done to make internationalisation or other local customisations simple.
The oops
script supports the following parameters:
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
template |
Name of the template file to display | |
def |
Optional, can be set to the name of a single definition within template . This definition will be instantiated in the template wherever %INSTANTIATE% is seen. This lets you use a single template file for many messages. For an example, see oopsmanagebad.tmpl . |
|
paramN |
Where N is an integer from 1 upwards. These values will be substituted into template for %PARAM1% etc. |
preview
This script is deprecated. Its functions are covered by the save
script.
rdiff
Renders the differences between version of a TWiki topic
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
rev1 | the higher revision | |
rev2 | the lower revision | |
render | the rendering style {sequential, sidebyside, raw, debug} | DIFFRENDERSTYLE, sequential |
type | {history, diff, last} history diff, version to version, last version to previous | diff |
context | number of lines of context |
register
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action |
register or verify or resetPassword or approve |
|
topicparent |
The parent topic of the new user profile page | {UsersTopicName} configure setting |
Note: The register
script can only be called via http POST method, not GET. Make sure to specify the "post"
method if you call the register
script via a form action.
rename
Used for renaming topics and attachments.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
skin |
skin(s) to use | |
newweb |
new web name | |
newtopic |
new topic name | |
breaklock |
||
attachment |
||
confirm |
if defined, requires a second level of confirmation | |
currentwebonly |
if defined, searches current web only for links to this topic | |
nonwikiword |
if defined, a non-wikiword is acceptable for the new topic name | |
redirectto |
If the rename process is successful, rename will redirect to this topic or URL. The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
Note: The rename
script can only be called via http POST method, not GET. Make sure you specify method="post"
if you call the rename
script via a form action.
rest
This REST (Representational State Transfer) script can be invoked via http in the same way as the other TWiki scripts (see Invocation Examples, below) to execute a function that is associated to a "subject" and a "verb" (see below). These functions are usually registered by plugins using the TWiki::Func::registerRESTHandler
method. The rest
script will print the result directly to the browser unless the endPoint
parameter is specified, in which case it will output a redirect to the given topic.
The rest
script supports the following parameters:
username |
If TemplateLogin , or a similar login manager not embedded in the web server, is used, then you need to pass a username and password to the server. The username and password parameters are used for this purpose. |
password |
See username |
topic |
If defined as the full name (including web) of a topic, then when the script starts up plugins will be passed this as the "current" topic. If not defined, then Main.WebHome will be passed to plugins. |
endPoint |
Where to redirect the response once the request is served, in the form "Web.Topic" |
The function is free to use any other query parameters for its own purposes.
Note: The
rest
script should always require authentication in any TWiki that has logins. Otherwise there is a risk of opening up major security holes. So make sure you add it to the list of authenticated scripts if you are using ApacheLogin
.
The rest
script assumes that it will be called with URL in the form:
http://my.host/bin/rest/<subject>/<verb>
where <subject>
must be the WikiWord name of one of the installed TWikiPlugins, and the <verb>
is the alias for the function registered using the TWiki::Func::registerRESTHandler
method. The <subject>
and <verb>
are then used to lookup and call the registered function.
<subject>
and <verb>
are checked for illegal characters exactly in the same way as the web and topic names.
As an example, the EmptyPlugin has registered a function to be used with the rest
script under the subject EmptyPlugin and the verb example. Click below to see the rest
script in action (run as TWikiGuest).
Note that for Plugins to register REST handlers, they must be enabled in configure
.
save
The save
script performs a range of save-related functions, as selected by the action
parameter.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
action_save=1 |
default; save, return to view, dontnotify is off |
|
action_quietsave=1 |
save, and return to view, dontnotify is on |
|
action_checkpoint |
save and redirect to the edit script, dontnotify is on |
|
action_cancel |
exit without save, return to view | |
action_preview |
preview edited text | |
action_addform |
Redirect to the "change form" page. | |
action_replaceform... |
Redirect to the "change form" page. | |
action_delRev |
Administrators only delete the most recent revision of the topic - all other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. | |
action_repRev |
Administrators only replace the text of the most recent revision of the topic with the text in the text parameter. text must included embedded meta-data tags. All other parameters are ignored. You have to be an administrator to use this, and not all store implementations will support it. |
|
onlynewtopic |
If set, error if topic already exists | |
onlywikiname |
If set, error if topic name is not a WikiWord | |
dontnotify |
if defined, suppress change notification | |
templatetopic |
Name of a topic to use as a template for the text and form (new topic only) | |
text |
New text of the topic | |
forcenewrevision |
if set, forces a revision even if TWiki thinks one isn't needed | |
topicparent |
If 'none' remove any current topic parent. If the name of a topic, set the topic parent to this. | |
formtemplate |
if defined, use the named template for the form (will remove the form is set to 'none') | |
editaction |
When action is checkpoint , add form or replace form... , this is used as the action parameter to the edit script that is redirected to after the save is complete. |
|
originalrev |
Revision on which the edit started. | |
edit |
The script to use to edit the topic when action is checkpoint |
edit |
editparams |
The parameter string to use to edit the topic | |
redirectto |
The save process will redirect to this topic or URL if it is successful. (Typically this would be the URL that was being viewed when edit was invoked). The parameter value can be a TopicName , a Web.TopicName , or a URL.Note: Redirect to a URL only works if it is enabled in configure (Miscellaneous {AllowRedirectUrl} ). |
view topic being edited |
Any errors will cause a redirect to an oops
page.
The parameters are interpreted in according to the following rules.
X
characters in the topic name will be converted to a number such that the resulting topic name is unique in the target web.
save
, checkpoint
, quietsave
, or preview
: text
parameter, if it is defined, templatetopic
, if it is defined, (new topic only)
formtemplate
, if defined templatetopic
, if defined, (new topic only)
templatetopic
, if defined, (new topic only)
Merging is only enabled if the topic text comes from text
and originalrev
is > 0 and is not the same as the revision number of the most recent revision. If merging is enabled both the topic and the meta-data are merged.
Form field values are passed in parameters named 'field' - for example, if I have a field Status
the parameter name is Status
.
Note: The
save
script can only be called via http POST method, not GET. Make sure to specify the "post"
method if you call the save
script via a form action. Example:
<form name="new" action="%SCRIPTURLPATH{save}%/Sandbox/" method="post"> ... </form>It is not possible to call
save
from an <a href="">
link.
search
CGI gateway to the %SEARCH%
functionality driven by the following CGI parameters:
Parameter: | Description: | Default: |
---|---|---|
"text" |
Search term. Is a keyword search, literal search or regular expression search, depending on the type parameter. SearchHelp has more |
required |
search="text" |
(Alternative to above) | N/A |
web="Name" web="Main, Know" web="all" |
Comma-separated list of webs to search. See TWikiVariables#VarSEARCH for more details. | Current web |
topic="WebPreferences" topic="*Bug" |
Limit search to topics: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. | All topics in a web |
excludetopic="Web*" excludetopic="WebHome, WebChanges" |
Exclude topics from search: A topic, a topic with asterisk wildcards, or a list of topics separated by comma. | None |
type="keyword" type="literal" type="regex" |
Do a keyword search like soap "web service" -shampoo ; a literal search like web service ; or RegularExpression search like soap;web service;!shampoo |
%SEARCHVAR- DEFAULTTYPE% preferences setting (literal) |
scope="topic" scope="text" scope="all" |
Search topic name (title); the text (body) of topic; or all (both) | "text" |
order="topic" order="created" order="modified" order="editby" order= |
Sort the results of search by the topic names, topic creation time, last modified time, last editor, or named field of TWikiForms. The sorting is done web by web; in case you want to sort across webs, create a formatted table and sort it with TablePlugin's initsort | Sort by topic name |
limit="all" limit="16" |
Limit the number of results returned. This is done after sorting if order is specified |
All results |
date="..." |
limits the results to those pages with latest edit time in the given time interval. | All results |
reverse="on" |
Reverse the direction of the search | Ascending search |
casesensitive="on" |
Case sensitive search | Ignore case |
bookview="on" |
BookView search, e.g. show complete topic text | Show topic summary |
nonoise="on" |
Shorthand for nosummary="on" nosearch="on" nototal="on" zeroresults="off" noheader="on" noempty="on" |
Off |
nosummary="on" |
Show topic title only | Show topic summary |
nosearch="on" |
Suppress search string | Show search string |
noheader="on" |
Suppress search header Topics: Changed: By: |
Show search header |
nototal="on" |
Do not show number of topics found | Show number |
zeroresults="off" |
Suppress all output if there are no hits | zeroresults="on" , displays: "Number of topics: 0" |
noempty="on" |
Suppress results for webs that have no hits. | Show webs with no hits |
header="..." format="..." |
Custom format results: see FormattedSearch for usage, variables & examples | Results in table |
expandvariables="on" |
Expand variables before applying a FormattedSearch on a search hit. Useful to show the expanded text, e.g. to show the result of a SpreadSheetPlugin %CALC{}% instead of the formula |
Raw text |
multiple="on" |
Multiple hits per topic. Each hit can be formatted. The last token is used in case of a regular expression ";" and search | Only one hit per topic |
nofinalnewline="on" |
If on , the search variable does not end in a line by itself. Any text continuing immediately after the search tag on the same line will be rendered as part of the table generated by the search, if appropriate. |
off |
separator=", " |
Line separator between hits | Newline "$n" |
statistics
Refresh the WebStatistics topics in range of webs.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
webs |
comma-separated list of webs to run stats on | all accessible webs |
logdate |
YYYYMM to generate statistics for | current month |
For example:
See TWikiSiteTools#WebStatistics_site_statistics for updating statistics using cron.
upload
Uploads an attachment to a topic. The HTTP request is expected to be in multipart/form-data
format.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
hidefile |
if defined, will not show file in attachment table | |
filepath |
local (client) path name of the file being uploaded. This is used to look up the data for the file in the HTTP query. | |
filename |
deprecated, do not use | |
filecomment |
Comment to associate with file in attachment table | |
createlink |
if defined, will create a link to file at end of topic | |
changeproperties |
if defined, this is a property change operation only - no file will be uploaded. | null |
updatefield |
If defined and if the value matches the name of a form field, it will update that form field with the name of the uploaded file. |
You can use a tool like curl
to upload files from the command line using this script.
Note: The
upload
script can only be called via http POST method, not GET.
view
Used for viewing topics.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
raw=on |
Shows the text of the topic in a scrollable textarea | |
raw=debug |
As raw=on , but also shows the metadata (forms etc) associated with the topic. |
|
raw=text |
Shows only the source of the topic, as plain text (Content-type: text/plain). Only shows the body text, not the form or other meta-data. | |
raw=all |
Shows only the source of the topic, as plain text (Content-type: text/plain), with embedded meta-data. This may be useful if you want to extract the source of a topic to a local file on disc. | |
section |
Allows to view only a part of the topic delimited by a named section (see VarSTARTSECTION). If the given section is not present, no topic content is displayed. | |
contenttype |
Allows you to specify a different Content-Type: (e.g. contenttype=text/plain ) |
|
rev |
Revision to view (e.g. rev=45 ) |
|
template |
Allows you to specify a different skin template, overriding the 'view' template the view script would normally use. The default template is view . For example, you could specify /twiki/bin/view/TWiki/TWikiScripts?template=edit. This is mainly useful when you have specialised templates for a TWiki Application. |
|
topic |
redirects to show the specified Web.Topic, or, redirects to a URL, if allowed by {AllowRedirectUrl} and {PermittedRedirectHostUrls} configure settings |
|
createifnotexist |
If createifnotexist is set to 1 and in case the topic does not exist, it is created automatically on view. Useful to create topics automatically based on a specific template (see example below). Behind the scene, the view script redirects first to the save script, passing along all URL parameters. Thus all URL parameters of the save script can be used, such as templatetopic , topicparent and redirectto . Next, the save script creates the topic and redirects back to the view script (or displays an error in case there were any issues creating the topic). |
Example use of
createifnotexist
to link to the bookmark page of a user, and to create the page on the fly if needed:
[[%SCRIPTURL{view}%/%USERSWEB%/%WIKINAME%Bookmarks?createifnotexist=1&templatetopic=%SYSTEMWEB%.UserBookmarksTemplate&topicparent=%WIKINAME%][Bookmarks]]
For historical reasons, the
view
script has a special interpretation of the text
skin. In earlier TWiki versions the skin=text
parameter was used like this:
http://.../view/MyWeb/MyTopic?skin=text&contenttype=text/plain&raw=on
which shows the topic as plain text; useful for those who want to download plain text for the topic.
Using skin=text
this way is DEPRECATED, use raw=text
instead.
viewfile
Used for viewing attachments. Normally, a site will publish the attachments (pub
) directory using a URL. However if it contains sensitive information, you will want to protect attachments using TWikiAccessControls. In this case, you can use the viewfile
script to give access to attachments while still checking access controls.
Parameter | Description | Default |
---|---|---|
filename |
name of attachment | |
rev |
Revision to view |
Instead of using the filename
parameter, you can append the attachment name
to the end of the URL path (after the topic) e.g. https://wiki.ivoa.net/twiki/bin/viewfile/Webname/TopicName/Attachment.gif
Details on command line scripts located in the twiki/tools
directory.
geturl.pl
This is a very simple script to get the content of a web site. It is marked as deprecated and might be removed (or enhanced) in a future TWiki release. Its functions are covered by the standard wget
and curl
commands.
geturl.pl <host> <path> [<port> [<header>]]
geturl.pl some.domain /some/dir/file.html 80
http://some.domain:80/some/dir/file.html
rewriteshebang.pl
Simple script to rewrite the #!/usr/bin/perl
shebang lines specific to your local Perl installation. It will rewrite the first line of all your TWiki cgi scripts so they use a different shebang line. Use it if your perl is in a non-standard location, or you want to use a different interpreter (such as 'speedy').
tick_twiki.pl
It is intended to be run as a cron job or a scheduled task once a week. Example crontab entry:
0 0 * * 0 cd /usr/twiki/bin && perl ../tools/tick_twiki.pl
Note: The script has to be run by a user who can write files created by the webserver user.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, DeveloperDocumentationCategory
-- Contributors: TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens, TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie, TWiki:Main.MichaelDaum, TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main.RafaelAlvarez, TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit, TWiki:Main.ThomasWeigert, TWiki:Main.WillNorris
Utilities for searching, navigation, and monitoring site activity
TWiki Site Tools include utilities for navigating, searching and keeping up with site activity. Preferences can be configured by web or site-wide. You are currently in the TWiki web. In particular, TWiki provides two highly configurable, automated site monitoring tools, WebNotify, to e-mail alerts when topics are edited, and WebStatistics, to generate detailed activity reports.
Each TWiki web has an automatic e-mail alert service that sends a list of recent changes on a preset schedule, like once a day. Users can subscribe and unsubscribe using WebNotify in each web. The Perl script mailnotify
is called by a background process at regular intervals. The script sends an automated e-mail to subscribed users if topics were changed in a web since the script was last run.
%NOTIFYTOPIC%
Each TWiki web has an automatic e-mail notification service that sends you an e-mail with links to all of the topics modified since the last alert.
Users subscribe to email notifications using their WikiName or an alternative email address, and can specify the webs/topics they wish to track, Whole groups of users can also be subscribed for notification.
The general format of a subscription is:
three spaces *
subscriber [ :
topics ]
Where subscriber can be a WikiName, an E-mail address, or a group name. If subscriber contains any characters that are not legal in an email address, then it must be enclosed in 'single' or "double" quotes. Please note that the guest user TWikiGuest does not have an email address mapped to it, and will never receive email regardless of the configuration of that user.
topics is an optional space-separated list of topics:
*
in a topic name, where it is treated as a wildcard character. A *
will match zero or more other characters - so, for example, Fred*
will match all topic names starting with Fred
, *Fred
will match all topic names ending with Fred
, and *
will match all topic names.
Examples: Subscribe Daisy to all changes to topics in this web.
* daisy.cutter@flowers.comSubscribe Daisy to all changes to topics that start with
Web
.
* daisy.cutter@flowers.com : Web*Subscribe Daisy to changes to topics starting with
Petal
, and their immediate children, WeedKillers and children to a depth of 3, and all topics that match start with Pretty
and end with Flowers
e.g. PrettyPinkFlowers
* DaisyCutter: Petal* (1) WeedKillers (3) Pretty*FlowersSubscribe StarTrekFan to changes to all topics that start with
Star
except those that end in Wars
, sInTheirEyes
or shipTroopers
.
* StarTrekFan: Star* - *Wars - *sInTheirEyes - *shipTroopersSubscribe Daisy to the full content of NewsLetter whenever it has changed
* daisy@flowers.com: NewsLetter?Subscribe buttercup to NewsLetter and its immediate children, even if it hasn't changed.
* buttercup@flowers.com: NewsLetter! (1)Subscribe GardenGroup (which includes Petunia) to all changed topics under AllnewsLetters to a depth of 3. Then unsubscribe Petunia from the ManureNewsLetter, which she would normally get as a member of GardenGroup:
* GardenGroup: AllNewsLetters? (3) * petunia@flowers.com: - ManureNewsLetterSubscribe
IT:admins
(a non-TWiki group defined by an alternate user mapping) to all changes to Web* topics.
* 'IT:admins' : Web*
A user may be listed many times in the WebNotify topic. Where a user has several lines in WebNotify that all match the same topic, they will only be notified about changes that topic once (though they will still receive individual mails for news topics).
If a group is listed for notification, the group will be recursively expanded to the e-mail addresses of all members.
Warning: Because an email address is not linked to a user name, there is no way for TWiki to check access controls for subscribers identified by email addresses. A subscriber identified by an email address alone will only be sent change notifications if the topic they are subscribed to is readable by guest users. You can limit what email addresses can be used in %NOTIFYTOPIC%, or even block use of emails altogether, using the
{MailerContrib}{EmailFilterIn} setting in =configure
.
Tip: List names in alphabetical order to make it easier to find the names.
Note for System Administrators: Notification is supported by an add-on to the TWiki kernel called the MailerContrib. See the MailerContrib topic for details of how to set up this service.
Note: If you prefer a news feed, point your reader to WebRss (for RSS 1.0 feeds) or WebAtom (for ATOM 1.0 feeds). Learn more at WebRssBase and WebAtomBase, respectively.
You can also use %USERSWEB%
instead of Main
, but this is not necessary even if you have renamed the main web by configuring {MainWebName}
in configure.
WebSearch is an extremely fast and flexible search facility, part of the core TWiki feature set. WebSearchAdvanced offers more options, including:
See also: SearchHelp for help; TWikiVariables and FormattedSearch for including hard-coded searches in text.
To check for the most recently edited topics while on-site, use the WebChanges link, usually located in the toolbar. It lists the most recently modified topics, newest first, along with the first couple of lines of the page content.
This is simply a preset SEARCH
. The number of topics listed by the limit
parameter.:
%SEARCH{ ".*" web="TWiki" type="regex" nosearch="on" order="modified"
reverse="on" limit="50" }%
You can point your news reader at WebRss and WebAtom to find out what is new in a TWiki web. WebRssBase and WebAtomBase have the details. Like WebChanges, this is based on a %SEARCH{}%
.
WebIndex lists all web topics in alphabetical order, with the first couple of lines of text. This is simply a preset SEARCH
:
%SEARCH{ "\.*" scope="topic" type="regex" nosearch="on" }%
You can generate a listing manually, or on an automated schedule, of visits to individual pages, on a per web basis. Compiled as a running total on a monthly basis. Includes totals for Topic Views, Topic Saves, Attachment Uploads, Most Popular Topics with number of views, and Top Contributors showing total of saves and attachment uploads. Previous months are saved.
You can create a WebStatistics link using TWikiVariables with
%STATISTICSTOPIC%
TWiki also generates overall site usage statistics in Main.SiteStatistics (do not create that page, it is created automatically based on SiteStatisticsTemplate). On a monthly basis, the following items are recorded using system data and TWiki log data across all webs: Number of webs, number of topics, number of attachments, number of topic views, number of topic updates, number of files uploads, data size, pub size, disk use, number of users, number of groups, number of plugins installed compared to total number of plugins available, and the 10 top contributors.
{Log}{view}
, {Log}{save}
and {Log}{upload}
are set in configure. This will generate log file entries (see below).
twiki/bin/statistics
script from a cron job - once a day is recommended. This will update the SiteStatistics and the WebStatistics topics in all webs.
nobody
or www-data
. Example crontab entry: 0 0 * * * (cd /path/to/twiki/bin; ./statistics >/dev/null 2>&1)
nobody
: Run the utility twiki/tools/geturl.pl
in your cron job and specify the URL of the twiki/bin/statistics
script as a parameter. Example: 0 0 * * * (cd /path/to/twiki/tools; ./geturl.pl mydomain.com /urlpath/to/twiki/bin/statistics >/dev/null 2>&1)
geturl.pl
will do a TWiki CGI request as the TWikiGuest user, so if you use this workaround, the WebStatistics topics you are updating will have to be writable by TWikiGuest.
When running from the command line or a cron job, you can pass parameters to the script like this:
cd twiki/bin; ./statistics -logdate 2011-05 -webs TWiki,Sandbox
twiki/bin/statistics
script can also be executed as a CGI script - just enter the URL in your browser. Examples: /twiki/bin/statistics
/twiki/bin/statistics/Main
/twiki/bin/statistics/Main?logdate=2025-03
/twiki/bin/statistics?logdate=2025-03;webs=ProjectX,ProjectY,ProjectZ
TWiki generates monthly log files which are used by the statistics script
log<year><month>.txt
twiki/logs/log202503.txt
| <time> | <wikiusername> | <action> | <web>.<topic> | <extra info> | <IP address> |
| 13 Mar 2025 - 04:49 | TWikiGuest | view | WebRss | | 66.124.232.02 |
Script | Action name | Extra info |
---|---|---|
attach | attach | when viewing attach screen of previous uploaded attachment: filename |
changes | changes | |
edit | edit | when editing non-existing topic: (not exist) |
login, logon, attach, edit, register, rest, view, vewfile | sudologin , sudologout | Login name of administrator user who is logging in or out |
manage | changepasswd | Login name of user who's password is changed |
rdiff | rdiff | higher and lower revision numbers: 4 3 |
register | regstart | WikiUserName, e-Mail address, LoginName: user attempts to register |
register | register | E-mail address: user successfully registers |
register | bulkregister | WikiUserName of new, e-mail address, admin ID |
rename | rename | when moving topic: moved to Newweb.NewTopic |
rename | renameweb | when renaming a web: moved to Newweb |
rename | move | when moving attachment: Attachment filename moved to Newweb.NewTopic |
resetpasswd | resetpasswd | Login name of user who's password is reset |
save | save | when replacing existing revision: repRev 3 when user checks the minor changes box: dontNotify when user changes attributes to an exising attachment: filename.ext |
save | cmd | special admin parameter used when saving |
search | search | search string |
upload | upload | filename |
view | view | when viewing non-existing topic: (not exist) when viewing previous topic revision: r3 |
viewfile | viewfile | Attachment name and revision: File.txt, r3 |
Outgoing mail is required for TWikiRegistration and for recent changes alert.
TWiki will use the Net::SMTP
module if it is installed on your system. Set this with the SMTPMAILHOST
variable in TWikiPreferences.
The notify e-mail uses the default changes.tmpl
template, or a skin if activated in the TWikiPreferences.
mailnotify also relies on two hidden files in each twiki/data/Web
directory: .changes
and .mailnotify.
Make sure both are writable by your web server process. .changes
contains a list of changes; go ahead and make this empty. .mailnotify
contains a timestamp of the last time notification was done.
You can use an external mail program, such as sendmail
, if the Net::SMTP
module is not installed. Set the program path in {MailProgram}
in configure.
SMTPMAILHOST
in TWikiPreferences to an empty value.
SMTPSENDERHOST
variable to define the mail sender host (some SMTP installations require this).
For Unix platforms: Edit the cron
table so that mailnotify
is called in an interval of your choice. Please consult man crontab
of how to modify the table that schedules program execution at certain intervals. Example:
% crontab -e 0 1 * * * (cd /path/to/twiki; perl -I bin tools/mailnotify -q)The above line will run mailnotify nightly at 01:00. The
-q
switch suppresses all normal output. Details at MailerContrib.
For ISP installations: Many ISPs don't allow hosted accounts direct cron access, as it's often used for things that can heavily load the server. Workaround scripts are available.
On Windows: You can use a scheduled task if you have administrative privileges. TWiki:Codev/CronTabWin is a free scheduler for Windows.
TWiki has a solution to backup, restore and upgrade TWiki sites. It can be used via browser and on the command line. The BackupRestorePlugin is pre-installed in TWiki-5.1 and later releases; it can be installed in older TWiki releases as low as TWiki-2001-09-01 (Athens Release) to easily create a backup that can be restored on a new TWiki release. This offers an easy upgrade path for TWiki. See also TWikiUpgradeGuide.
The crontab command is used to schedule commands to be executed periodically.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, AdminToolsCategory
Browser-based rename, move, and delete for individual topics
You can use browser-based controls to change a topic's name, move it to another TWiki web, or delete it to a hidden Trash
web.
[More topic actions]
(bottom right of page) on the topic to be changed, then, in the new screen, on [Delete topic]
or [Rename/move topic]
. You can now rename and/or move/delete in one operation:
[Rename/Move]
: the topic will be renamed and links to the topic updated as requested. [Rename/Move]
.
Rename/Move/Delete
- an instruction line and undo link will appear at the bottom of the modified topic. This allows you to revert from the last modification only.
Deleted topics are moved to a special Trash
web - they are NOT physically erased from the server. All webs share Trash
- in case of a name conflict with a topic already Trash
, the user is alerted and asked to choose a new name.
The Trash
web should be be cleared periodically, by archiving (saving) the text and RCS files if required (recommended), then deleting them from the Trash
directory.
Trash
directory is all that's required for maintenance, it's possible to grant Trash
admin privileges to multiple users, while strictly limiting server access.
You can use TWikiMetaData to place a command in the WebTopicViewTemplate and WebTopicNonWikiTemplate that will indicate that a topic has been moved by searching for %META:TOPICMOVED{...}%
. Customize something like this:
%METASEARCH{type="topicmoved" web="%WEB%" topic="%TOPIC%" title="This topic used to exist and was moved to: "}%
Note: Do not modify the TWiki.WebTopicViewTemplate - modifications would be lost on the next TWiki upgrade. Instead, create a WebTopicViewTemplate in the Main web with the same content and modify it to your needs.
%SEARCH%
, with a special template, finds and displays all occurrences of the topic name in other topics, site-wide. These referring links are by default automatically changed to the new topic and/or web name. This includes relevant TWikiMetaData definitions. <pre>
and <verbatim>
are honored - no changes are made to text within these areas.
First, matching topics in the current web are listed - matches are to topic
. Next, all webs (including the current one) are listed that match web.topic
. All webs will be searched during rename, even if NOSEARCHALL
is defined on a web, though access permissions will of course be honored.
Changed references are kept are as short as possible, ex: topic
is used in preference to web.topic
.
User permissions affect the 'rename' functions in various ways. To rename a topic, you need all of VIEW
, CHANGE
and RENAME
access to that topic. To alter referring topics, you need CHANGE
access. See TWikiAccessControl for information on setting up access permissions.
Consider carefully whether to make browser-based Rename/Move/Delete widely available, or to restrict it to an administrator/moderator group. Allowing all users to easily manipulate topics can be extremely useful in refactoring a busy web or site. However, there are at least two significant potential drawbacks to take into account:
Ultimately, the size, objectives, and policies of your TWiki site, the real-world behavior of your user group, and most importantly, the initial TWiki site management leadership, will determine the most effective implementation of this feature, and the success of the site overall.
Rename/Move is fairly complicated due to the dynamic generation of links. Ideally, it would be possible to run the required part of rendering in a way that would allow identification of the text to be changed. Unfortunately, these hooks don't exist in TWiki at present. Instead, %SEARCH% is used with a special template to show the text to be changed, and the selected topics are then altered. One drawback is that search
can show matches that will not be updated due to case differences. Other mismatches with actual rendered output are also possible as the approaches are so different.
The following shows some limitations of square bracket processing.
[[Old Topic]] => [[NewTopic][Old Topic]] [[old topic]] => [[NewTopic][old topic]] [[old t opic]] => not changed [[OldTopic]] => [[NewTopic]]
Related Topics: UserDocumentationCategory, AdminDocumentationCategory
Adding, renaming and deleting webs are all web-based operations.
A TWikiSite is divided into webs; each one represents one workspace, one area of collaboration. Each web is a container for topics. Each topic is a container for page content and attachments. Administrators can add/rename/delete webs.
The name of the web and topic is represented in the page URL. For example, http://twiki.example.com/do/view/Sandbox/WebNotify
tells us that we view topic WebNotify located in the Sandbox web.
Tip: The URL of a web's homepage ends in
/WebHome
by default. The name of the homepage topic can safely be omitted to make for shorter and more legible links. For example, http://twiki.example.com/do/view/Sandbox
links to the homepage of the Sandbox web.
There are two methods used to create a new web. First you can use a specially designed TemplateWeb. This is an invisible web that begins with an underscore "_" character (for example _default
). All topics in the template web will be copied into your new web.
The second method is to use an existing web as a template web. This may be useful if you already have a web that you would like to use as a starting point. Only topics that have names beginning with Web... (like "WebHome", "WebNotify", etc.) are copied.
In either case you will want to be sure to verify that your new web has all the custom modifications that you desire. Any TWikiVariables defined in the form below will automatically be set in the WebPreferences of the new web.
Notes:
ROOTCHANGE
access to create a top-level web (one with no parent)
You can only create hierarchical webs (webs within webs) if the {EnableHierarchicalWebs}
setting in configure is enabled. Hierarchical webs are currently enabled.
Note: You might not need hierarchical webs. TWiki topics already have a parent/child relationship within a web, which is shown in the breadcrumb. Try to keep the number of webs to a minimum in order to keep search and cross-referencing simple. TWiki runs faster if hierarchical webs are disabled.
You can create hierarchical webs via the Adding a New Web form above, by using a slash- or dot-separated path name which is based on an existing web name in the Name of new web: field.
Example:
To create a sub-web named Bar
inside a web named Foo
, use Foo/Bar
or Foo.Bar
as the new web name in the form above.
The preferences of a sub-web are inherited from the parent web and overridden locally. Preferences are ultimately inherited from the TWiki.TWikiPreferences topic.
Example Preference Inheritance for Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.SubWebTopic
topic:
TWiki.TWikiPreferences
site-wide preferences
Sandbox.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in TWiki.TWikiPreferences
Sandbox/TestWeb.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox.WebPreferences
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.WebPreferences
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox/TestWeb.WebPreferences
Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.SubWebTopic
inherits from and overrides settings in Sandbox/TestWeb/SubWeb.WebPreferences
The PatternSkin indicates sub-webs by indenting them in the sidebar relative to their level in the hierarchy. The SiteMap shows a list of webs; sub-webs are separated by dots, such as Web.SubWeb.SubSubWeb
.
Rename a web via the Tools section in each web's WebPreferences topic. You may delete a web by moving it into a Trash web.
You may only rename a web if you have the following permissions
When you rename a web TWiki will try and update all links that refer to the old web. You should note that links only get updated in topics that you are allowed to edit. If you use access rights in the TWiki installation it is generally best to let an administrator rename webs to avoid too many broken links.
If anyone is editing a topic which requires updating, or which lives in the web being renamed, a second confirmation screen will come up which will indicate which topics are still locked for edit. You may continue to hit the refresh button until an edit lease is obtained for each topic which requires updating (the "Refresh" button will change to "Submit"), or hit "Cancel", which will cancel your edit lease on all affected topics.
Although technically possible, it is strongly advised not to rename the TWiki and Main webs. It complicates upgrades, and some extensions may make assumptions on the names of those system webs. For this reason, the rename web link is disabled in the WebPreferences topic in those webs.
Suggestion: Create a web that is the entry point for your TWiki, and change the link of the upper left site logo to that web. Do that with a WIKILOGOURL setting in Main.TWikiPreferences.
If you want to rename the TWiki or Main webs anyway:
twiki/data
and twiki/pub
on the shell level.
{SystemWebName}
, {UsersWebName}
and/or {LocalSitePreferences}
settings in the configuration using the configure interface.
Related Topics: AdminDocumentationCategory, AdminToolsCategory
-- Contributors: TWiki:Main/MikeMannix, TWiki:Main/PeterThoeny, TWiki:Main/GrantBow
Register users on your TWiki site; change/reset/install passwords; remove user accounts
Some of the features below may be disabled, depending on your TWiki configuration.
You don't have to have user profile pages in TWiki for Authentication to work - see TWikiUserAuthentication for details.
For administrators only:
Note that the below features are only relevant when you use an internal password manager where TWiki can set and reset passwords.
For administrators only:
To change the user's WikiName:
JaneSmith
to JaneMiller
. %M% Jane Smith is now known as JaneMiller
If external authentication is used and you want to change the login name:
* JaneSmith - jsmith - 13 Sep 2006
* JaneMiller - jmiller - 13 Sep 2006
To remove a user account (FredQuimby, who logs in as "fred"):
.htpasswd
file, edit the .htpasswd
file to delete the line starting fred:
htpasswd
program with .htpasswd
files generated by TWiki! htpasswd
wipes out email addresses that TWiki plants in the info fields of this file.
FredQuimby - fred
line from the Main.TWikiUsers topic
FredQuimby
from all groups and from all the ALLOWWEB/ALLOWTOPIC...
declarations, if any.Note: Consider leaving the user topic file in place so their past signatures and revision author entries don't end up looking like AnUncreatedTopic. If you want to make it clear the user is no longer around, replace the topic content with a note to that effect. The existence of the UserName topic should also prevent that user name from being re-used, sealing the potential security hole regarding inherited permissions..
TWiki's Registration can send 3 emails who's output is governed by templates:
templates/registerconfirm.tmpl
templates/registernotify.tmpl
templates/registernotifyadmin.tmpl
As these are TWikiTemplates, they can be customized and selected using the SKIN path setting. Because there are default tmpl files in the templates
dir, this cannot use Template topics.
These template files have a specific format that matches the raw format of emails sent via SMTP, so be careful and test your changes. It is easiest to start by copying the default templates:
cd twiki/templates cp registernotify.tmpl registernotify.myskin.tmpl cp registerconfirm.tmpl registerconfirm.myskin.tmpl cp registernotifyadmin.tmpl registernotifyadmin.myskin.tmplthen add
myskin
to the beginning of the SKIN
setting in TWikiPreferences.
From this point on, your myskin templates will be used for the registration emails.
To make it possible for TWikiUsers to modify the email contents, you could use a parameterized %INCLUDE%
statement in your customized version. e.g.:
From: %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% <%WIKIWEBMASTER%> To: %FIRSTLASTNAME% <%EMAILADDRESS%> Subject: %MAKETEXT{"[_1] - Registration for [_2] ([_3])" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %WIKINAME%, %EMAILADDRESS%"}% MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=%CHARSET% Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit %INCLUDE{ "Main.RegistrationNotification" WIKINAME="%WIKINAME%" FIRSTLASTNAME="%FIRSTLASTNAME%" EMAILADDRESS="%EMAILADDRESS%" }%
Note: The use of %WIKINAME%, %FIRSTLASTNAME%, %EMAILADDRESS% passed in from the INCLUDE so that the topic below is similar to the original template.
And then create a topic Main.RegisterNotifyEmail:
Welcome to %WIKITOOLNAME%. %MAKETEXT{"Your personal [_1] topic is located at [_2]. You can customize it as you like:" args="%WIKITOOLNAME%, %SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%USERSWEB%/%WIKINAME%"}% * %MAKETEXT{"Some people turn it into a personal portal with favorite links, what they work on, what help they'd like, etc."}% * %MAKETEXT{"Some add schedule information and vacation notice."}% Regards %WIKIWEBMASTERNAME% Your TWiki Admin %MAKETEXT{"Note:"}% 2 %MAKETEXT{"You can change your password at via [_1]" args="%SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ChangePassword"}% 3 %MAKETEXT{"If you haven't set a password yet or you want to reset it, go to: [_1]" args="%SCRIPTURL{"view"}%/%SYSTEMWEB%/ResetPassword"}% %MAKETEXT{"Submitted content:"}% %FORMDATA%
Note: Remember to secure the topic appropriately to prevent attackers from getting emailed sensitive passwords.
Related topics: UserToolsCategory, AdminToolsCategory
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 5.1
See the full list of new features and bug fixes in TWikiReleaseNotes05x01.
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 5.1
Many people have been involved in creating TWiki 5.1. Special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
If you find an omission please fix it at TWiki:TWiki/TWikiHistory. For the full list of contributors see TWikiContributor.
See more details on the TWiki 5.1 release at TWikiReleaseNotes05x01.
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 5.0
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 5.0
Many people have been involved in creating TWiki 5.0. Special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
If you find an omission please fix it at TWiki:TWiki/TWikiHistory. For the full list of contributors see TWikiContributor.
See more details on the TWiki 5.0 release at TWikiReleaseNotes05x00.
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 4.3
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 4.3
Many people have been involved in creating TWiki 4.3. Special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
If you find an omission please fix it at TWiki:TWiki.TWikiHistory. For the full list of contributors see TWikiContributor.
See more details on the TWiki 4.3 release at TWikiReleaseNotes04x03.
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 4.2
working
which per default is located in the TWiki root which contains registration_approvals, tmp, and work_areas
query
search mode supports SQL-style queries over form fields and other meta-data
templatetopic
parameter to point to custom comment template topic
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 4.2
Many people have been involved in creating TWiki 4.2. Special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
Many thanks also to the contributors in the following areas:
If you find an omission please fix it at TWiki:TWiki.TWikiHistory. For the full list of contributors see TWikiContributor.
Note: Order of contributors under "Spec and code", "Templates and skins" and "Documentation" is based on number of SVN file changes for core and default extensions from March 2007 (svn rev:13046) to Jan 2008 (svn rev:16210). (Details at TWikibug:TWiki420SvnLog). Order of contributors under "Testing and bug fixing" is based on Bugs web statistics from 2007-03 to 2007-12. Order of contributors under "TWiki.org wiki champions" and "Customer support" is based on TWiki.org web statistics from 2007-02 to 2007-12.
See more details on the TWiki 4.2 release at TWikiReleaseNotes04x02.
New Features and Enhancements of TWiki Release 4.1
Eng.ajax
into the Jump box... Here we go, the third link is the AjaxCookbook I was looking for."
redirectto
parameter to redirect to a topic or a URL; for security, redirect to URL needs to be enabled with a {AllowRedirectUrl}
configure flag.
redirectto
parameter to redirect to a URL or link to TWiki topic after submitting comment.
topic
URL parameter also respects the {AllowRedirectUrl}
configure flag so redirects to URLs can be disabled which could be abused for phishing attacks.
section
URL parameter to view just a named section within a topic. Useful for simple AJAX type applications.
$nop
, $quot
, $percnt
, $dollar
.
$LISTRAND()
, $LISTSHUFFLE()
, $LISTTRUNCATE()
.
cellborder
.
Hall of Fame of TWiki Release 4.1
Although many more people have been involved in creating TWiki-4.1, special thanks go to the most active contributors in the following areas:
If you find an omission please fix it at TWiki:TWiki.TWikiHistory. For the full list of contributors see TWikiContributor.
Note: Sequence of contributors under "Spec, code, testing", "Templates and skins" and "Documentation" is based on number of SVN check-ins for core and default extensions from 2006-02 to 2006-12. Sequence of contributors under "TWiki.org wiki champions" and "Customer support" is based on TWiki.org web statistics from 2006-02 to 2006-12.
See more details on the TWiki 4.1 release at TWikiReleaseNotes04x01.
Major New Features
Many, many people worked on TWiki-4.0.0. The credits in the table below only list the people who worked on individual enhancements. If you find an omission please fix it at TWiki:TWiki.TWikiHistory. There were many other contributors; for a full list, visit TWikiContributor.
Most of the redesign, refactoring and new documentation work in Dakar release was done by Crawford Currie. Michael Sparks provided ideas and proof of concept for several improvements. Other people who gave large amounts of their time and patience to less sexy aspects of the work, such as testing, infrastructure and documentation, are AntonAylward, KennethLavrsen, LynnwoodBrown, MichaelDaum, Peter Thoeny, SteffenPoulsen, Sven Dowideit, WillNorris.
Installation & configuration | Contributor |
---|---|
Much simpler install and configuration | Crawford Currie, LynnwoodBrown, ArthurClemens |
mod_perl safe code for better performance |
Crawford Currie |
Security | |
Security sandbox blocking exploits for remote command execution on the server | Florian Weimer, Crawford Currie, Sven Dowideit |
Reworked access permission model | Crawford Currie |
Internationalization & localization | |
User Interface Internationalisation | AntonioTerceiro |
Chinese translation | CheDong |
Danish translation | SteffenPoulsen |
Dutch translation | ArthurClemens |
French translation | BenVoui |
German translation | AndreUlrich |
Italian translation | MassimoMancini |
Polish translation | ZbigniewKulesza |
Portuguese translation | AntonioTerceiro, CarlinhosCecconi |
Spanish translation | WillNorris, MiguelABayona |
Swedish translation | Erik Åman |
New features for users | |
Edit conflict resolution with automatic merge | Crawford Currie |
Fine grained change notification on page level and parent/child relationship | Crawford Currie |
WYSIWYG editor | Crawford Currie, ColasNahaboo, DamienMandrioli, RomainRaugi |
Integrated session support | GregAbbas, Crawford Currie |
Webserver-independent login/logout | Crawford Currie |
Registration process with e-mail confirmation | MartinCleaver |
Tip of the Day box in TWiki Home | PaulineCheung, Peter Thoeny, AntonAylward |
ATOM feeds | Peter Thoeny |
"Force New Revision" check box for topic save | WillNorris |
New features for TWiki administrators and wiki application developers | |
Improved preferences handling | ThomasWeigert, Crawford Currie |
Named include sections | RafaelAlvarez |
Create topic names with consecutive numbers | Sven Dowideit |
Parameterized includes | Crawford Currie |
Dynamic form option definitions of TWikiForms with FormattedSearch | MartinCleaver |
SEARCH enhancements with new parameters excludeweb , newline , noempty , nofinalnewline , nonoise , recurse , zeroresults |
Crawford Currie, ArthurClemens, Peter Thoeny, ThomasWeigert |
FormattedSearch enhancements with $changes , $count , $formfield(name, 30, ...) , $summary(expandvar) , $summary(noheaders) , $summary(showvarnames) |
ColasNahaboo, Crawford Currie, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit |
New TWikiVariables ACTIVATEDPLUGINS, ALLVARIABLES, AUTHREALM, EMAILS, FAILEDPLUGINS, HTTP, HTTPS, ICONURL, ICONURLPATH, IF, LANGUAGES, LOCALSITEPREFS, LOGIN, LOGOUT, MAKETEXT, META, PLUGINDESCRIPTIONS, QUERYSTRING, STARTSECTION/ENDSECTION, SESSION_VARIABLE, SESSIONID, SESSIONVAR, SPACEOUT, USERLANGUAGE, WIKIHOMEURL | ArthurClemens, AntonioTerceiro, Crawford Currie, GregAbbas, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit, WillNorris and many more |
TWiki form with hidden type and other form enhancements | LynnwoodBrown, ThomasWeigert |
Support topic-specific templates for TWiki applications | ThomasWeigert |
Direct save feature for one-click template-based topic creation | LynnwoodBrown, Crawford Currie, ThomasWeigert |
Automatic Attachments showing all files in the attachment directory | MartinCleaver |
Rename, move or delete webs | PeterNixon |
Hierarchical subwebs (beta) | PeterNixon |
New features for Plugin developers | |
REST (representational state transfer) interface for Plugins | RafaelAlvarez, TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver, Sven Dowideit |
New and improved Plugins APIs | Crawford Currie, ThomasWeigert |
Improvements in the TWiki engine room | |
Major OO redesign and refactoring of codebase | Crawford Currie |
Automatic build system | Crawford Currie |
Extensive test suite, unit tests and testcases | Crawford Currie |
TWiki:Codev.DevelopBranch , DEVELOP branch Bugs system | Sven Dowideit |
Documentation, logo artwork, skins: | |
Documentation | Crawford Currie, LynnwoodBrown, Peter Thoeny, Sven Dowideit and others |
Design of TWikiLogos with big "T" in a speech bubble | ArthurClemens, Peter Thoeny |
Improved templates and PatternSkin | ArthurClemens |
See more details at TWikiReleaseNotes04x00
Major New Features
Details of New Features and Enhancements of 01-Sep-2004 Release | Developer, Sponsor |
---|---|
Install: Ship with an automatic upgrade script to facilitate TWiki upgrades. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: New testenv function to change the locks in the TWiki database to the web server user id (automates installation step). Details | TWiki:Main.MattWilkie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: The shipped .htaccess.txt now needs to be edited before it is valid, to help reduce chances of error. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: Configurable password file handling for different types of encryption. Details | TWiki:Main.PavelGoran TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Install: Remove office locations from registration. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Install: Changes to support shorter URLs with Apache Rewrite rules. Details | TWiki:Main.AntonioBellezza TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Install: Remove the Know web from the distribution. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Internationalization: Support use of UTF-8 URLs for I18N characters in TWiki page and attachment names. Details | TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Authentication: Authenticate users when creating new topic in view restricted web. Details | TWiki:Main.JonathanGraehl TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Preferences: TWiki Preferences need to be secured properly. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Preferences: Use TWiki Forms to set user preferences. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Skins: New pre-installed skins PatternSkin and DragonSkin. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skins: New skin browser to choose from installed skins. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skins: Documented set of CSS classes that are used in standard skins. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Skins: Added CSS class names to Diff output. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Skins: Templates can now be read from user topics, as well as from files in the templates diretcory. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Skins: Ensure that the default template gets overridden by a template passed in. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Skin: Convey an important broadcast message to all users, e.g. scheduled server downtime. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Skin: Balanced pastel colors for TWiki webs. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Rendering: Use exclamation point prefix to escape TWiki markup rendering. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Rendering: Ordered lists with uppercase & lowercase letters, uppercase & lowercase Roman numerals. Details | TWiki:Main.DanBoitnott TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Allow custom styles for the "?" of uncreated topics. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Rendering: Render IRC and NNTP as a URL. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Make acronym linking more strict by requiring a trailing boundary, e.g. excluding TLAfoobar. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Rendering: TWiki Form with Label type. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Web names can now be WikiWords. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: New syntax for definition list with dollar sign and colon. Details | TWiki:Main.AdamTheo TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Rendering: Table with multi-span rows, functionality provided by Table Plugin. Details | TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Variables: New title parameter for TOC variable. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Variables: New REVINFO variable in templates supports flexible display of revision information. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Set times to be displayed as gmtime or servertime. Details | TWiki:Main.SueBlake TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Properly encode parameters for form fields with ENCODE variable. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Expand USERNAME and WIKINAME in Template Topics. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Expand same variables in new user template as in template topics. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: Optionally warn when included topic does not exist; with the option to create the included topic. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: In topic text show file-types of attached files as icons. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: New variable FORMFIELD returns the value of a field in the form attached to a topic.. Details | TWiki:Main.DavidSachitano TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Variables: Meta data rendering for form fields with META{"formfield"}. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: New PLUGINVERSION variable. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM now has a default="..." argument, for when no value has been given. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM variable with newline parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Variables: URLPARAM variable with new multiple=on parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PaulineCheung TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New switch for search to perform an AND NOT search. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Keyword search to search with implicit AND. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Multiple searches in same topic with new multiple="on" paramter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Remove limitation on number of topics to search in a web. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Exclude topics from search with an excludetopic parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Expand Variables on Formatted Search with expandvariables Flag. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with Web Form variable to retrieve the name of the form attached to a topic. Details | TWiki:Main.FrankSmith TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with Conditional Output. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Formatted Search with $parent token to get the parent topic. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New separator parameter to SEARCH supports better SEARCH embedding. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Improved search performance when sorting result by topic name. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New scope=all search parameter to search in topic name and topic text at the same time. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New topic parameter for AND search on topic text and topic name. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search modules uses Perl-style keyword parameters (code cleanup). Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: New $wikiname variable in format parameter of formatted search. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Search: Sort search by topic creation date. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Search: Topic creation date and user in Formatted Search. Details | TWiki:Main.CoreyFruitman TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Search: Increase levels of nested search from 2 to 16. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New pre-installed Plugins CommentPlugin, EditTablePlugin, RenderListPlugin, SlideShowPlugin, SmiliesPlugin, SpreadSheetPlugin, TablePlugin. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New callback afterSaveHandler , called after a topic is saved. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New callbacks beforeAttachmentSaveHandler and afterAttachmentSaveHandler , used to intervene on attachment save event. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New callbacks beforeCommonTagsHandler and afterCommonTagsHandler . Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New callback renderFormFieldForEditHandler to render form field for edit. Details |
TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Plugins: New callback renderWikiWordHandler to custom render links. Details |
TWiki:Main.MartinCleaver TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::formatTime to format time into a string. Details |
TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::getRegularExpression to get predefined regular expressions. Details |
TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Plugins: New functions TWiki::Func::getPluginPreferences* to get Plugin preferences. Details |
TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::extractParameters to extract all parameters from a variable string. Details |
TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Plugins: New function TWiki::Func::checkDependencies to check for module dependency. Details |
TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Plugins: A recommendation for where a Plugin can store its data. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Show tool-tip topic info on WikiWord links. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Save topic and continue edit feature. Details | TWiki:Main.ColasNahaboo |
UI: Change topic with direct save (without edit/preview/save cycle) and checkpoint save. Details | TWiki:Main.MattWilkie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: In attachment table, change 'action' to 'manage'. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Smaller usability enhancements on the file attachment table. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Removes anchor links from header content and places them before the text to fix 'header becomes link'. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Improved functionality of the More screen. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Quick reference chart of most used markup is now listed on the edit screen. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Flag for edit script to avoid overwrite of existing topic text and form data. Details | TWiki:Main.NielsKoldso TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Disable Escape key in IE textarea to prevent it cancelling work. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Improved warning message on unsaved topic. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Reverse order of words in page title for better multi-window/tab navigation. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
UI: Provides a framework to create and modify a topic without going through edit->preview->save sequence. Details | TWiki:Main.AndreUlrich TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Set the topic parent to none in More screen, e.g. remove the current topic parent. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
UI: Use templates to define how file attachments are displayed. Was previously hard-coded. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Topic diff shows unified diff with unchanged context. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
UI: Diff feature shows TWiki form changes in nice tables. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: The log entry for a save now has a dontNotify flag in the extra field if the user checked the minor changes flag. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Server-side include of attachments accelerates INCLUDE. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Move functionality out of bin scripts and into included modules. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: Move bin script functionality into TWiki::UI modules. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Optimize preferences handling for better performance. Details | TWiki:Main.PavelGoran TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Code refactoring: Refactor variable expansion for edit and register. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Move savemulti script into TWiki::UI::Save. Details | TWiki:Main.MattWilkie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Code refactoring: Topic search is done natively in Perl, it does not depend anymore on system calls with pipes. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Code refactoring: Fix logical error in upload script which prevented MIME filename from being used. Details | TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Bug Fixes of 01-Sep-2004 Release | Developer, Sponsor |
---|---|
Fix: Consistently create headings with empty anchor tags. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: TOC does not work for headings containing & without spaces surrounding it. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Backslash line break breaks TWiki form definitions. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Rename fixes unrelated topic references. Details | TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Fix: Bug with infinite recursion in search. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Can't send mail with full 'From' address. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: All scripts change to $bin before execute (for mod_perl2). Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Several RSS readers do not show all entries seen in the WebChanges list; repeated updates to the same topics get lost. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Fix: TWiki::Access::checkAccessPermission function improperly handles Main and TWiki webs. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Topic save returns error CI Date precedes date in revision. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Double quotes got replaced by " in TWiki forms. Details | TWiki:Main.MichaelSparks TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Duplicated Wiki name in .htpasswd entry for sha1 encoding. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: When viewing a previous version of a topic, the view script substitutes only one occurrence of the variable EDITTOPIC. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Form default values are not working for text fields. Details | TWiki:Main.ThomasWeigert TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Formatted searches using a $pattern which unbalanced parenthesis crash TWiki. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Formatted Search uses title but should use name for formfield parameter. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: GMTIME variable returns unwanted GMT text. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Include from other Web links ACRONYMS. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Including an HTML file is very slow. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: includeUrl() mess up absolute URLs. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Filter out fixed font rendering in TOC to avoid unrendered = equal signs in TOC. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: The initializeUserHandler is broken for session Plugins. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: SEARCH fails with very large webs. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Security alert: User could gain view access rights of another user. Details | TWiki:Main.KimCovil TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: 'print to closed file handle' error of log files are not writable. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Meta data handler can't process CR-LF line endings. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: METAFIELD meta data is not shown in view raw=on mode. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Minor XHTML non-compliance in templates and code. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Getting pages from virtual hosts fails. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: Create new web fails if RCS files do not exist. Details | TWiki:Main.ClausBrunzema TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Metacharacters can be passed through to the shell in File Attach. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Ability to delete non-WikiWord topics without confirmation. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: + symbol in password reset fails. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Pathinfo cleanup for hosted sites. Details | TWiki:Main.MikeSalisbury TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Software error in SEARCH if regular expression pattern has unmached parenthesis. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Pipe chars in the comment field of the attachment table are not escaped. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Link escaping in preview fails for not quoted hrefs. Details | TWiki:Main.TedPavlic TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Preview expands variables twice. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Using a proxy with TWiki fails; no proxy-HTTP request, minimal request not HTTP 1.0, requests marked 1.1 are at best 1.0. Details | TWiki:Main.MichaelSparks TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: Runaway view processes with TWiki::Sore::RcsLite. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Regex Error in WebTopicList with topics that have meta characters in the name. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Rename script misses some ref-by topics. Details | TWiki:Main.JohnTalintyre |
Fix: Links to self within the page being renamed are not changed. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Rename topic does 'Main.Main.UserName' for attachments. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Revision date is set to Jan 1970 when using RCS Lite. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: The new dynamically-created SiteMap is very nice, but somewhat slow. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: The makeAnchorName function did not produce the same results if called iteratively, resulting in problems trying to link to headers.. Details | TWiki:Main.WalterMundt |
Fix: Statistics page does not provide links to non-wikiword topics. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Make TOC link URI references relative. Details | TWiki:Main.MartinGregory TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: TWiki hangs when used on Apache 2.0. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: TOC incorrectly strips out links in headers. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: The HTML tags that are generated by TOC do not close properly. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: TOC on INCLUDEd topic ignores STOPINCLUDE. Details | TWiki:Main.WillNorris TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Quotes in tooltip message can break a TWiki form. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Better error message if the file attachment directory is not writable. Details | TWiki:Main.CrawfordCurrie TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Image size of PNG files. Details | TWiki:Main.ArthurClemens |
Fix: The testenv script distinguishes between real user ID and effective user ID. Details | TWiki:Main.RichardDonkin |
Fix: Variables in square bracket links dont work in form fields. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Variable with Parameters in Form Fields Disappear. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Verbatim tag should escape HTML entities. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Field names of TWiki Forms can be WikiWords, this is used to link to a help topic. Details | TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny |
Fix: Clean up the WebRssBase INCLUDES to use VARIABLES set in TWikiPreferences. Details | TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
Fix: Resolving variables in included topics. Details | TWiki:Main.OliverKrueger TWiki:Main.SvenDowideit |
/bin/view/Web.TopicName
topic view URL (besides the default /bin/view/Web/TopicName
URL); useful for InterwikiPlugin links like TWiki:Codev.ReadmeFirst
readTopicText
, saveTopicText
, setTopicEditLock
, checkTopicEditLock
%NOAUTOLINK%
setting in the TWikiPreferences to disable the auto-linking of WikiWords
registrationHandler
, beforeEditHandler
, afterEditHandler
, beforeSaveHandler
, writeHeaderHandler
, redirectCgiQueryHandler
, getSessionValueHandler
, setSessionValueHandler
%INCLUDE{ "OtherTopic" rev="1.2" }%
%NOP{}%
variable in TWikiTemplates topic gets removed at topic creation time; useful to write protect template topics
%URLPARAM{}%
variable in TWikiTemplates topic gets expanded at topic creation time; useful for dynamic content creation
$logDir
introduced in TWiki.cfg to set the log directory
setlib.cfg
file in the bin directory to set the TWiki library path
%PROXYHOST
and %PROXYPORT%
settings in the TWikiPreferences
%WIKILOGOIMG%
, %TWIKILOGOURL%
and %WIKILOGOALT%
variables in TWikiPreferences; replacing $wikiHomeUrl
in TWiki.cfg
%WIKITOOLNAME%
variable in TWikiPreferences; replacing $wikiToolName
in TWiki.cfg
%EDITBOXSTYLE%
preferences variable which sets the edit box width automatically to the window width
%URLENCODE{}%
variable to encodes a string for using in a URL parameter, e.g. %URLENCODE{"spaced name"}%
returns spaced%20name
/twiki/templates/register.tmpl
template file
%TOC%
table of content, e.g. ---+!! This heading
is not shown in a TOC
%SEARCH{}%
variable, FormattedSearch and WebSearch
<verbatim>
tags are no longer expanded
%SEARCH{}%
variable for database like reporting.
TWiki.cfg
notedited.tmpl
, notext.tmpl
and notwiki.tmpl
templates. More in TWikiTemplates.
%TOPICLIST{"format"}%
and %WEBLIST{"format"}%
variables to get a formatted topic index and web index, respectively. More in TWikiVariables.
%URLPARAM{"name"}%
variable to query URL parameters. More in TWikiVariables.
| *bold* |
cells as table headers, (ii) render space padded cells | center aligned |
and | right aligned |
, (iii) span multiple columns using | empty cells |||
. More in TextFormattingRules.
.htaccess
files that are attached to a topic get a .txt
suffix appended to the file name. See also TWiki:Codev/FileAttachmentFilterSecurityAlert
---++ My Title
; and new %TOC%
variable to build a table of content from headings in a topic. More in TWikiVariables.
[[http://TWki.org][TWiki]]
) and internal links (i.e [[WikiSyntax][syntax]]
). More in TWikiVariables.
#MyAnchor
at the beginning of a line, and link to it with [[#MyAnchor]]
. More in TWikiVariables.
Net::SMTP
module instead of sendmail
if installed.
<verbatim>
... </verbatim>
tags to show source code "as is". Unlike the <pre>
... </pre>
tags, it also shows <
, >
, &
characters "as is".
==Bold Fixed==
to get Bold Fixed
.
%GMTIME{"..."}%
and %SERVERTIME{"..."}%
variables. Format is now "$hour:$min"
instead of "hour:min"
. More in TWikiVariables. Attention: Check your existing topics when you upgrade TWiki!
%STARTINCLUDE%
and %STOPINCLUDE%
variables to control what gets included of a topic. More in TWikiVariables.
print
skin for a printable view of a topic. More in TWikiSkins and TWiki:Codev/TWikiSkins.
%BASEWEB%
, %INCLUDINGWEB%
, %BASETOPIC%
and %INCLUDINGTOPIC%
to have more control over include handling. More in TWikiVariables and TWiki:Codev/IncludeHandlingImprovements.
noheader="on"
switch in %SEARCH{...}%
to suppress table header. More in TWikiVariables.
$doHidePasswdInRegistration
in wikicfg.pm
to hide plain text password in registration e-mail.
%VAR{"NAME" web="Web"}%
to get web-specific preferences. More in TWikiVariables.
view
"knows" the user once authenticated in edit
. More in TWikiUserAuthentication.
png
image support.
%INCLUDE{"%SYSTEMWEB%.SiteMap"}%
. More in TWiki:Codev/BetterTWikiTagTemplateProcessing.
mailnotify
to suppress all normal output.
[[text formatting FAQ]]
to get the link text formatting FAQ that points to topic TextFormattingFAQ.
%HTTP_EQUIV_ON_VIEW%
, %HTTP_EQUIV_ON_EDIT%
and %HTTP_EQUIV_ON_PREVIEW%
that define the <meta http-equiv="...">
meta tags for the TWiki templates. This can be used for example to set a document expiration time.
%GMTIME{"..."}%
and %SERVERTIME{"..."}%
. More in TWikiVariables.
%INCLUDE{"Web/TopicName.txt"}%
to %INCLUDE{"Web.TopicName"}%
. Legacy syntax still supported.
*bold*, italic, __bold italic__
and fixed
, where it is not necessary anymore to have a trailing space before .,;:?!
characters.
%INCLUDE%
of arbitrary files.
%GMTIME%
variable that shows the current GM time.
%HTTP_HOST%
, %REMOTE_ADDR%
, %REMOTE_PORT%
and %REMOTE_USER%
.
%ATTACHLINKBOX%
controls the default state of the link check box in the attach file page.
Perl -T
option )
%EDITBOXWIDTH%
and %EDITBOXHEIGHT%
to specify the edit box size.
wikiwebs.inc
, wikiwebtable.inc
, weblist.inc
, webcopyright.inc
and webcolors.inc
files.
%SCRIPTSUFFIX%
/ $scriptSuffix containing an optional file extension of the TWiki Perl script. Templates have been changed to use this variable. This allows you to rename the Perl script files to have a file extension like for example ".cgi".
%SCRIPTURLPATH%
/ $scriptUrlPath containing the script URL without the domain name. Templates have been changed to use this variable instead of %SCRIPTURL%
. This is for performance reasons.
%INCLUDE:"filename.ext"%
to %INCLUDE{"filename.ext"}%
. (Previous syntax still supported. Change was done because of inline search syntax)
%SEARCH{"str" ...}%
to show a search result embedded in a topic text. TWikiVariables has more on the syntax. Inline search combined with the category table feature can be used for example to create a simple bug tracking system.
initialize
in wiki.pm
did not handle $thePathInfo
correctly.
$doLogTopic*
in wikicfg.pm to selectively log topic view, edit, save, rdiff, attach, search and changes to monthly log file.
$doRemovePortNumber
in wikicfg.pm to optionally remove the port number from the TWiki URL. Example www.some.domain:1234/twiki
gets www.some.domain/twiki
.
%INCLUDE:"file.inc"%
variable. Search first in the current web, then in parent data directory. Useful to overload default include text in the data directory by web-specific text, like for example webcopyright.inc
text.
TestVersion
/ TestVersions
, TestPolicy
/ TestPolicies
, TestAddress
/ TestAddresses
, TestBox
/ TestBoxes
.
webcopyright.inc
file. This is to easily customize the copyright text.
%WIKIHOMEURL%
(link when pressing the icon on the upper left corner) and %WIKITOOLNAME%
(the name of the wiki tool TWiki
).
%PUBURL%
(Public directory URL) and %ATTACHURL%
(URL of topic file attachment).
fixed font text
. Words get showns in fixed font
by enclosing them in "=" equal signs. Example Writing =fixed font= will show up as fixed font
.
Diffs
link at the bottom of each topic, e.g. Topic TWikiHistory . { Edit Ref-By Diffs r1.3 > r1.2 > r1.1 }
Revision r1.3 1998/11/10 01:34 by PeterThoeny
data/logYYYYMM.txt
, where YYYYMM
the year and month in numeric format is. Intended for auditing only, not accessible from the web.
r1.3
) and differences thereof (e.g. >
) at the bottom Topic TWikiHistory . { Edit Ref-By r1.3 > r1.2 > r1.1 }
Revision r1.3 1998/11/10 01:34 by TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
Topic TWikiHistory . { Edit Ref-By r1.3 r1.2 r1.1 }
Revision r1.3 1998/10/26 01:34:00 by TWiki:Main.PeterThoeny
AaA
sequence, e.g. AaA1
is a valid TWikiTopics name, but not Aa1
.
%INCLUDE:"filename.ext"%
%TOPIC%
(Topic name), %WEB%
(web name), %SCRIPTURL%
(script URL), %DATE%
(current date), %WIKIWEBMASTER%
(Wiki webmaster address), %WIKIVERSION%
(Wiki version), %USERNAME%
(user name), %WIKIUSERNAME%
(Wiki user name).
PeterThoeny
instead of thoeny
in case the Wiki username exists. Implementation Automatic lookup of Wiki username in topic TWikiUsers.
Know.WebSeach
.
The typical TWiki development flow...
Related Topics: DeveloperDocumentationCategory
Use internationalised characters within WikiWords and attachment names
This topic addresses implemented UTF-8 support for URLs only. The overall plan for UTF-8 support for TWiki is described in TWiki:Codev.ProposedUTF8SupportForI18N.
To simplify use of internationalised characters within WikiWords and attachment names, TWiki now supports UTF-8 URLs, converting on-the-fly to virtually any character set, including ISO-8859-*, KOI8-R, EUC-JP, and so on.
Support for UTF-8 URL encoding avoids having to configure the browser to turn off this encoding in URLs (the default in Internet Explorer, Opera Browser and some Mozilla Browser URLs) and enables support of browsers where only this mode is supported (e.g. Opera Browser for Symbian smartphones). A non-UTF-8 site character set (e.g. ISO-8859-*) is still used within TWiki, and in fact pages are stored and viewed entirely in the site character set - the browser dynamically converts URLs from the site character set into UTF-8, and TWiki converts them back again.
System requirements are updated as follows:
The following 'non-ASCII-safe' character encodings are now excluded from use as the site character set, since they interfere with TWiki markup: ISO-2022-*, HZ-*, Shift-JIS, MS-Kanji, GB2312, GBK, GB18030, Johab and UHC. However, many multi-byte character sets work fine, e.g. EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, and EUC-CN. In addition, UTF-8 can already be used, with some limitations, for East Asian languages where EUC character encodings are not acceptable - see TWiki:Codev.ProposedUTF8SupportForI18N.
It's now possible to override the site character set defined in the {SiteLocale}
setting in configure - this enables you to have a slightly different spelling of the character set in the server locale (e.g. 'eucjp') and the HTTP header sent to the browser (e.g. 'euc-jp').
This feature should also support use of Mozilla Browser with TWiki:Codev.TWikiOnMainframe (as long as mainframe web server can convert or pass through UTF-8 URLs) - however, this specific combination is not tested. Other browser-server combinations should not have any problems.
Please note that use of UTF-8 as the site character set is not yet supported - see Phase 2 of TWiki:Codev.ProposedUTF8SupportForI18N for plans and work to date in this area.
This feature is complete in TWiki releases newer than February 2004.
Note for skin developers: is no longer required (TWiki:Plugins.InternationalisingYourSkin).
URLs are not allowed to contain non-ASCII (8th bit set) characters: http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/appendix/notes.html#non-ascii-chars
The overall plan for UTF-8 support for TWiki is described in two phases in TWiki:/Codev.ProposedUTF8SupportForI18N - this page addresses the first phase, in which UTF-8 is supported for URLs only.
UTF-8 URL translation to virtually any character set is supported as of TWiki Release 01 Sep 2004, but full UTF-8 support (e.g. pages in UTF-8) is not supported yet - this will be phase 2.
The code automatically detects whether a URL is UTF-8 or not, taking care to avoid over-long and illegal UTF-8 encodings that could introduce TWiki:Codev.MajorSecurityProblemWithIncludeFileProcessing (tested against a comprehensive UTF-8 test file, which IE 5.5 fails quite dangerously, and Opera Browser passes). Any non-ASCII URLs that are not valid UTF-8 are then assumed to be directly URL-encoded as a single-byte or multi-byte character set (as now), e.g. EUC-JP.
The main point is that you can use TWiki with international characters in WikiWords without changing your browser setup from the default, and you can also still use TWiki using non-UTF-8 URLs. This works on any Perl version from 5.005_03 onwards and corresponds to Phase 1 of TWiki:Codev.ProposedUTF8SupportForI18N. You can have different users using different URL formats transparently on the same server.
UTF-8 URLs are automatically converted to the current {Site}{Charset}, using modules such as CPAN:Encode if needed.
TWiki generates the whole page in the site charset, e.g. ISO-8859-1 or EUC-JP, but the browser dynamically UTF-8 encodes the attachment's URL when it's used. Since Apache serves attachment downloads without TWiki being involved, TWiki's code can't do its UTF-8 decoding trick, so TWiki URL-encodes such URLs in ISO-8859-1 or whatever when generating the page, to bypass this URL encoding, ensuring that the URLs and filenames seen by Apache remain in the site charset.
TWiki:Codev.TWikiOnMainframe uses EBCDIC web servers that typically translate their output to ASCII, UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1 (and URLs in the other direction) since there are so few EBCDIC web browsers. Such web servers don't work with even ISO-8859-1 URLs if they are URL encoded, since the automated translation is bypassed for URL-encoded characters. For TWiki on Mainframe, TWiki assumes that the web server will automatically translate UTF-8 URLs into EBCDIC URLs, as long as URL encoding is turned off in TWiki pages.
It should work with TWiki:Codev.TWikiOnMainframe. Tested with IE 5.5, Opera 7.11 and Mozilla (Firebird 0.7).
Opera Browser on the P800 smartphone is working for page viewing but leads to corrupt page names when editing pages.
For up to date information see TWiki:Codev.EncodeURLsWithUTF8
Listing of CSS class names emitted from TWiki core code and standard plugins.
Most HTML elements generated by TWiki core code now have Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) tags. Skin builders and others who want to change the appearance of the default TWiki installation or any of the skins can use this document to see what styles can be created for these HTML elements.
twiki
. So: twikiAlert, twikiToc, etc. Remember that CSS class names are case sensitive - TWiki CSS uses lowercase tw
.
twiki
prefix to prevent undesired overriding effects.
A wide range of standard styles are used in the TWiki core code and topics, and more are used in plugins. The following is an exhaustive list of all styles defined by the PatternSkin. For the most part, the names are the only documentation of the purpose of the style. For more information on how these styles are used, read the code (sorry!)
.twikiAlert |
Client.pm, Form.pm, Statistics.pm |
.twikiAnchorLink |
Render.pm |
.twikiCheckBox |
Manage.pm |
.twikiCurrentTopicLink |
Render.pm |
.twikiCurrentWebHomeLink |
Render.pm |
.twikiDiffAddedHeader |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffAddedMarker |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffAddedText |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffChangedHeader |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffChangedText |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffDebug |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffDebugLeft |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffDebugRight |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffDeletedHeader |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffDeletedMarker |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffDeletedText |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffLineNumberHeader |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffTable |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffUnchangedText |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiDiffUnchangedTextContents |
RDiff.pm |
.twikiEditFormCheckboxButton |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormCheckboxField |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormDateField |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormError |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormLabelField |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormRadioField |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormTextAreaField |
Form.pm |
.twikiEditFormTextField |
Form.pm |
.twikiEmulatedLink |
Preview.pm |
.twikiFirstCol |
Render.pm |
.twikiForm |
Render.pm |
.twikiGrayText |
Manage.pm |
.twikiHelp |
Changes.pm |
.twikiLink |
Render.pm |
.twikiNew |
Changes.pm, Search.pm |
.twikiNewLink |
Render.pm |
.twikiRadioButton |
Form.pm |
.twikiSummary |
Manage.pm |
.twikiToc |
TWiki.pm |
.twikiTocTitle |
TWiki.pm |
.twikiTopRow |
Manage.pm |
.twikiWebIndent |
TWiki.pm |
.twikiTable |
The table |
.twikiSortedCol |
A sorted column |
.twikiSortedAscendingCol |
Sorted column, ascending |
.twikiSortedDescendingCol |
Sorted column, descending |
.tableSortIcon |
The sort icon holder (span) |
.twikiFirstCol |
The first column |
.twikiTableEven |
Even numbered rows |
.twikiTableOdd |
Odd numbered rows |
.twikiTableCol + column number |
Unique column identifier, for instance: .twikiTableCol0 |
.twikiTableRow + type + row number |
Unique row identifier, for instance: .twikiTableRowdataBg0 |
.twikiPage |
twiki.tmpl |
.twikiMiddleContainer |
twiki.tmpl |
.twikiMain |
twiki.tmpl |
.twikiFormTable |
formtables.tmpl, form.tmpl |
.twikiFormTableHRow |
formtables.tmpl, form.tmpl |
.twikiFormTableRow |
formtables.tmpl |
.twikiFormTableFooter |
formtables.tmpl |
.twikiAttachments |
attachtables.tmpl |
.twikiEditForm |
form.tmpl |
.twikiSubmit |
Submit button |
.twikiSubmitDisabled |
Disabled submit button |
.twikiInputField |
|
.twikiInputFieldDisabled |
|
.twikiInputFieldReadOnly |
|
.twikiInputFieldFocus |
For Internet Explorer that does not recognize the :focus pseudo class selector |
.twikiInputFieldBeforeFocus |
for use with Javascript: the color of the input text when not clicked in the field |
.twikiSelect |
Select dropdown menu |
.twikiTextarea |
|
.twikiTextareaRawView |
|
.twikiButton |
|
.twikiFocus |
Behavior marker so a field can be given input focus |
.twikiLeft |
|
.twikiRight |
|
.twikiClear |
|
.twikiHidden |
|
.twikiSmall |
|
.twikiBottomRow |
|
.twikiSRAuthor |
|
.twikiSRRev |
|
.twikiPageForm |
|
.twikiSeparator |
|
.twikiAccessKey |
|
.twikiLinkLabel |
|
.twikiFormSteps |
container around a form, such as the attach form: attach.tmpl |
.twikiFormStep |
form row |
.twikiNoBreak |
no break on whitespace |
.twikiMakeVisible |
For elements that should only be visible with javascript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by javascript. Defaults to inline. |
.twikiMakeVisibleInline |
For span elements that should only be visible with javascript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by javascript. |
.twikiMakeVisibleBlock |
For div elements that should only be visible with javascript on: default set to hidden, is made visible by javascript. |
.twikiMakeHidden |
For elements that should be hidden with javascript on: no default style, is made hidden by javascript. |
.twikiFooterNote |
|
.twikiPopUp |
Behavior marker so a popup-window can be invoked |
.twikiContentHeader |
container around optional html placed before topic text |
.twikiContentFooter |
container around optional html placed after topic text |
#twikiLogin |
CSS.pm |
.twikiFormSteps |
CSS.pm |
.twikiFormStep |
CSS.pm |
.twikiBroadcastMessage |
TWikiPreferences |
#twikiSearchTable |
WebSearch, WebSearchAdvanced |
#twikiLogin |
login.pattern.tmpl |
.twikiImage |
defined in PatternSkin | div creates border around enclosed image |
.twikiNotification |
defined in PatternSkin | temporary alert, lighter than broadcast message |
.twikiUnvisited |
defined in PatternSkin | link style that ignores the visited link state; useful for form links |
PatternSkin makes extensive use of CSS in its templates. Read the PatternSkin topic and PatternSkinCss to learn more about creating your own CSS-based skin.
Practical introduction to CSS: http://www.w3.org/Style/LieBos2e/enter/
Related Topics: TWikiSkins, PatternSkin, DeveloperDocumentationCategory, AdminDocumentationCategory